TW201249840A - Methods of using dihydropyridophthalazinone inhibitors of poly (ADP-ribose) polymerase (PARP) in the treatment of myelodysplastic syndrome (MDS) and acute myeloid leukaemia (AML) - Google Patents
Methods of using dihydropyridophthalazinone inhibitors of poly (ADP-ribose) polymerase (PARP) in the treatment of myelodysplastic syndrome (MDS) and acute myeloid leukaemia (AML) Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- TW201249840A TW201249840A TW100119730A TW100119730A TW201249840A TW 201249840 A TW201249840 A TW 201249840A TW 100119730 A TW100119730 A TW 100119730A TW 100119730 A TW100119730 A TW 100119730A TW 201249840 A TW201249840 A TW 201249840A
- Authority
- TW
- Taiwan
- Prior art keywords
- group
- alkyl
- nrarb
- microsatellite
- msi
- Prior art date
Links
Landscapes
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
Abstract
Description
201249840 六、發明說明: 【發明所屬之技術領域】 本發明闡述使用聚(ADP-核糖)聚合酶(PARP)之二氫吡啶 并呔畊酮抑制劑治療或預防骨髓發育不良症候群 (Myelodysplastic Syndrome ; MDS)及急性骨髓性白血病 (Acute myeloid Leukaemia ’ AML)之方法。本發明亦關过· 以微衛星不穩定性(MSI)狀態為基礎來確定個體對該等 PARP抑制劑之敏感性的方法。 【先前技術】 聚(ADP-核糠)聚合酶(PARP)家族包括約18種蛋白質,所 有該等蛋白質在其催化結構域中均顯示具有一定程度的同 源性,但在其細胞功能方面則有不同(Ame等人’201249840 VI. Description of the Invention: [Technical Field of the Invention] The present invention describes the use of poly(ADP-ribose) polymerase (PARP) dihydropyridine and hydrazine hydrolytic inhibitors for the treatment or prevention of myelodysplastic syndrome (MDS) (Myelodysplastic Syndrome; MDS) And acute myeloid leukemia (AML) method. The invention also relates to methods for determining the sensitivity of an individual to such PARP inhibitors based on the microsatellite instability (MSI) status. [Prior Art] The poly(ADP-nuclear) polymerase (PARP) family includes about 18 proteins, all of which exhibit a certain degree of homology in their catalytic domains, but in terms of their cellular functions. Different (Ame et al'
BioEssays,26(8),882-893 (2004))。PARP-1 及PARP-2係該 家族之獨特成員,此乃因其催化活性係由DNA鏈斷裂的發 生所刺激的。 PARP經由其鑑別並快速結合DNA單鏈或雙鏈斷裂之能 力而與DNA損害之信號傳導有關(D'Amours等人’ Biochem· J.,342,249-268 (1999))。PARP 參與多種與 DNA 相關之功能(包括基因擴增、細胞分裂、分化、細胞凋 亡、DNA鹼基切除修復)且亦影響端粒長度及染色體穩定 性(d'Adda di Fagagna 等人,Nature Gen.,23(1),76-80 (1999))。 骨髓發育不良症候群(MDS)及急性骨髓性白血病(AML) 之特徵在於染色體不穩定性,且白血病細胞在雙鏈DNA修 156715.doc 201249840 復方面具有固有缺陷(Gaymes等人,Cancer Res·,62, 2791-2797 (2002))。此外,使用AML細胞系之PARP抑制劑研究 顯示,一定比例(15%)之源自AML患者之細胞對PARP抑制 劑展示顯著細胞毒性反應(Gaymes等人,Haematologica, 94(5),638-646 (2009))。 微衛星不穩定性(MSI)可定義為微衛星序列中未校正之 複製錯誤的比率升高(Han等人,Science, 97,226_234 (2006))。錯配修復機制遭受破壞會導致MSI及失去錯配修 復,且在12%之結腸直腸癌中觀察到由此發生之MSI。其 他癌症中之MSI表徵得較不充分,但報導顯示在血液惡性 腫瘤中存在錯配修復缺陷及MSI(Han等人,Science, 97, 226-234 (2006) ; Gu 等人,Oncogene, 21,5758-5764 (2002))。因微衛星序列出現於主要DSB DNA修復基因之 外顯子中,故MSI可能造成在基因中發生會賦予PARP抑制 劑敏感性之框移突變。 PARP抑制劑及PARP抑制劑在治療某些癌症中之用途在 業内已眾所周知,如先前在國際專利公開案第WO 2010/01705 5 A2號中所述,其全部内容以引用方式併入本 文中。DNA修復路徑剖析及分析MSI之方法在業内亦已眾 所周知,如先前在Gaymes等人,C7zi· Cancer Res., 12, 5104-5111 (2006)中所述,其全部内容以引用方式併入本 文中。我們試圖尋找可用於與MSI有關之某些癌症(例如, MDS及AML)之其他PARP抑制劑療法。亦試圖尋找經由 DNA修復路徑剖析及MSI之分析來_選用於PARP抑制劑療 156715.doc 201249840 法之候選者的方法。 【發明内容】 在一態樣中,本發明闡述治療骨髓發育不良症候群 (MDS)或急性骨髓性白血病(AML)患者之MDS或AML的方 法’其包含向MDS或AML患者投與治療有效量之式⑴化合 物:BioEssays, 26(8), 882-893 (2004)). PARP-1 and PARP-2 are unique members of this family because their catalytic activity is stimulated by the cleavage of DNA strands. PARP is involved in the signaling of DNA damage via its ability to identify and rapidly bind DNA single-strand or double-strand breaks (D'Amours et al.' Biochem J., 342, 249-268 (1999)). PARP is involved in a variety of DNA-related functions (including gene amplification, cell division, differentiation, apoptosis, DNA base excision repair) and also affects telomere length and chromosomal stability (d'Adda di Fagagna et al., Nature Gen) ., 23(1), 76-80 (1999)). Myelodysplastic syndrome (MDS) and acute myeloid leukemia (AML) are characterized by chromosomal instability, and leukemia cells have inherent defects in double-stranded DNA repair 156715.doc 201249840 (Gaymes et al., Cancer Res., 62). , 2791-2797 (2002)). Furthermore, PARP inhibitor studies using AML cell lines have shown that a certain proportion (15%) of cells derived from AML patients exhibit significant cytotoxic responses to PARP inhibitors (Gaymes et al., Haematologica, 94(5), 638-646. (2009)). Microsatellite instability (MSI) can be defined as an increase in the rate of uncorrected replication errors in microsatellite sequences (Han et al., Science, 97, 226_234 (2006)). Damage to the mismatch repair mechanism results in MSI and loss of mismatch repair, and the resulting MSI is observed in 12% of colorectal cancers. MSI is less well characterized in other cancers, but reports indicate mismatch repair defects and MSI in hematological malignancies (Han et al, Science, 97, 226-234 (2006); Gu et al, Oncogene, 21, 5758-5764 (2002)). Since the microsatellite sequence appears in the exon of the major DSB DNA repair gene, MSI may cause a frame shift mutation in the gene that confers sensitivity to the PARP inhibitor. The use of PARP inhibitors and PARP inhibitors in the treatment of certain cancers is well known in the art, as previously described in International Patent Publication No. WO 2010/01705 5 A2, the entire contents of which is incorporated herein by reference. . Methods for DNA profiling and analysis of MSI are also well known in the art, as previously described in Gaymes et al., C7zi· Cancer Res., 12, 5104-5111 (2006), the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference. in. We sought to find other PARP inhibitor therapies that could be used in certain cancers associated with MSI (eg, MDS and AML). An attempt was also made to find a candidate for the PARP inhibitor therapy 156715.doc 201249840 method via DNA repair path profiling and MSI analysis. SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION In one aspect, the invention features a method of treating MDS or AML in a patient with myelodysplastic syndrome (MDS) or acute myeloid leukemia (AML) comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount to a patient with MDS or AML Compound of formula (1):
r3 Rs 式(I), 其中: Y及Z各自獨立地選自由以下組成之群: a) 視需要經1、2或3個116取代之芳基; b) 視需要經1、2或3個R6取代之雜芳基;及 c) 獨立地選自由以下組成之群之取代基:氫、烯 基、烷氧基、烷氧基烷基、烷氧基羰基、烷氧基 羰基烷基、烷基、炔基、芳基烷基、環烷基、環 烷基烷基、||代烷基、羥基伸烷基、側氧基、雜 環烷基、雜環烷基烷基、烷基羰基、芳基羰基、 雜芳基羰基、烷基磺醯基、芳基磺醯基、雜芳基 磺醯基、(NRARB)伸烷基、(NRarb)羰基、 (NRaRb)羰基伸烷基、(NRARB)磺醯基及(nrarb) 磺醯基伸烷基; 156715.doc • 6 - 201249840R3 Rs Formula (I), wherein: Y and Z are each independently selected from the group consisting of: a) an aryl group substituted by 1, 2 or 3 116 as needed; b) 1, 2 or 3 as needed a heteroaryl group substituted with R6; and c) a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkenyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxycarbonylalkyl, alkane , alkynyl, arylalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, ||alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, pendant oxy, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, alkylcarbonyl , arylcarbonyl, heteroarylcarbonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, (NRARB)alkyl, (NRarb)carbonyl, (NRaRb)carbonylalkyl, ( NRARB) sulfonyl and (nrarb) sulfonylalkylene; 156715.doc • 6 - 201249840
Ri、R_2及R_3各自獨立地選自由以下組成之群:氫、鹵 素、婦基、烧氧基、烧氧基羰基、烧基、環院基、炔基、 氰基、函代烷氧基、鹵代烷基、羥基、羥基伸燒基、石肖 基、NRARB、NRARB伸烷基及(NRARB)羰基; A及B各自獨立地選自由以下組成之群:氫、Br、C1、 F、I、OH、CrCe烷基、C3-C8環烷基、烷氧基及烷氧基烷 基’其中匚广匕烧基、CrC8環院基、烷氧基及烷氧基烷基 視需要經至少一個選自由以下組成之群的取代基取代: OH、N02、CN、Br、Cl、F、I、CVQ燒基及 C3_C8環烷 基,其中B不為OH ;Ri, R_2 and R_3 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, aryl, alkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkyl, ring-based, alkynyl, cyano, alkoxy, Haloalkyl, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, succinyl, NRRAB, NRRAB alkylene and (NRARB)carbonyl; A and B are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Br, C1, F, I, OH, CrCe An alkyl group, a C3-C8 cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group and an alkoxyalkyl group, wherein the fluorene group, the CrC8 ring compound group, the alkoxy group and the alkoxyalkyl group are optionally at least one selected from the group consisting of Substituted substituents of the group: OH, N02, CN, Br, Cl, F, I, CVQ alkyl and C3_C8 cycloalkyl, wherein B is not OH;
Ra及Rb獨立地選自由以下組成之群:氫、院基、環烧基 及烧基羰基;或Ra與Rb連同其所附接之原子一起形成視需 要具有1個至3個選自由以下組成之群之雜原子或雜官能 團的 3-10 員雜環.-NH、_n(Ci_C6_烧美) 、-NCOA-CV烧基)-、-N(芳基)·、_N(芳基_Ci_C6_烧基)_ 、-N(經取代芳基-CVC:6-烷基-)-、-n(雜芳基)、_N(雜芳 基-CVC:6-烷基-)-、_N(經取代雜芳*_Ci_C6_烷基_)_及_1或 S(0)q-,其中q係1或2且該3-10員雜環視需要經一或多個取 代基取代; R4及Rs各自獨立地選自由以下組成之群:氫、烷基、環 烧基、烧氧基院基、鹵代烷基、經基伸烷基及(NRaRb)伸 烷基;且 各心選自由以下組成之群:0H、N〇2、CN、Br、c卜 F、I、CVC6烧基、〇3-(:8環烧基、C2_C8雜環烧基、& 156715.doc 201249840 烯基、烷氧基'烷氧基烷基、烷氧基羰基、烷氧基羰基烷 基、c2-c6炔基、芳基、芳基烷基、c3-c8環烷基烷基、鹵 代烷氧基、li代烷基、羥基伸烷基、側氧基、雜芳基、雜 芳基烷氧基、雜芳基氧基、雜芳基硫基、雜芳基烷基硫 基、雜環烷氧基、c2-c8雜環烷基硫基、雜環氧基、雜環 硫基、NRARB、(NRAROCrCdt 烷基、(NRARB)羰基、 (NRARB)羰基伸烷基、(NRARB)磺醯基及(NRARB)磺醯基伸 烷基。 在某些實施例中,該化合物係以單一異構體、立體異構 體或對映異構體或其混合物形式投與。 在某些實施例中,該化合物係以其鹽、溶劑合物、化學 保護形式或前藥形式投與。 在某些實施例中,該化合物係與醫藥上可接受之稀釋 劑、賦形劑及載劑中之至少一者一起投與。 在某些實施例中,患者之惡性細胞在微衛星中展示微衛 星不穩定性(MSI)。在某些實施例中,該等惡性細胞在至 少一個微衛星中含有插入或缺失。在一些實施例中,患者 之惡性細胞在兩個、三個、四個、五個、六個、七個或更 多個微衛星中展示MSI。在某些實施例中,至少一個微衛 星中之MSI包含複數個插入及/或缺失。在某些實施例中, 至少一個微衛星中之MSI可使用經設計以檢測微衛星中之 插入或缺失的引物來檢測。在一些實施例中,至少一個微 衛 I 係NR21、NR22、NR24、Bat25、Bat26、Mono27反 /或 DNA修復基因 C77P、Mre/i、3ΓΜ、、5LM、 156715.doc 201249840 及J77?中之如本發明所述之微衛星。在某些實 施例中,該至少一個微衛星選自由以下組成之群:见、 、Mo«o2 7及 DNA修復基因 CJ7P、 Mreii及4ΓΜ中之如本發明所述之微衛星。在某些實施例 中,該至少一個微衛星選自由#们7、iVi?以及組成之 群。在某些實施例中,MSI包含在微衛星中缺失或插入3個 或更多個鹼基對。在某些實施例中,MSI包含在微衛星中 插入或缺失鹼基對,從而導致DNA修復功能失活及/或導 致雙鏈DNA修復基因表現產物中發生框移突變。在某些實 施例中,DNA修復功能係由選自由、/ΓΜ及CHP組 成之群的雙鏈DNA修復基因來支配。在某些實施例中,該 方法進一步包含對患者惡性細胞DNA之至少一個微衛星中 之MSI進行分析。 在某些實施例中,化合物係5_氟-8-(4-氟苯基)-9-(1-曱 基-1H-1,2,4_ 三唑-5-基)-8,9-二氫-2H-吡啶并[4,3,2-de]呔 畊-3(7H)-酮或其醫藥上可接受之鹽。 在某些實施例中,本發明闡述治療AML患者之AML的方 法,其包含向AML患者投與治療有效量之式(I)化合物或其 立體異構體或醫藥上可接受之鹽。在某些實施例中,化合 物係5-氟-8-(4-氟苯基)-9-Π-甲基-1H-1,2,4-三唑-5-基)-8,9-二氫-2Η-»比啶并[4,3,2-de]呔畊-3(7H)-酮、或其立體異構體 或醫藥上可接受之鹽。 在另一態樣中,本發明闡述式⑴化合物、或其鹽、溶劑 合物、單一異構體、立體異構體、或對映異構體、或混合 156715.xloc -9- 201249840 物、或其化學保護形式或前藥,其係用於治療MDS或AML 患者之MDS或AML。在某些實施例中,患者中之惡性細胞 在微衛星中展示MSI。在某些實施例中,患者中之惡性細 胞在至少兩個、三個、四個、五個、六個或更多個微衛星 中展示MSI。 在另一態樣中’本發明闡述式(I)化合物、或其鹽、溶劑 合物、單一異構體、立體異構體、或對映異構體、或混合 物、或其化學保護形式或前藥在調配用於治療MDS或AML 患者之MDS或AML之藥劑中的用途。在某些實施例中,患 者中之惡性細胞在微衛星中展示MSI。在某些實施例中, 患者中之惡性細胞在至少兩個、三個、四個、五個、六個 或更多個微衛星中展示MSI。 在另一態樣中,本發明闡述鑑別MDS或AML患者中之 MSI的方法。在某些實施例中,該方法包含對患者惡性細 胞DNA中之至少一個微衛星中之MSI進行分析。在某些實 施例中,MSI包含在該至少一個微衛星中插入或缺失三個 或更多個鹼基對。在某些實施例中,在患者的惡性細胞 DNA中之至少一個微衛星中存在MSI即將患者之惡性腫瘤 鑑別為可能對式I化合物療法敏感。在某些實施例中,該 至少一個微衛星中之MSI可使用經設計以檢測微衛星中之 插入或缺失的引物來檢測。在某些實施例中,該至少一個 '槪衛 I 係 NR21、NR22、NR24、Bat25、Bat26、Mono27 反 / 或 ΌΝΑ修復基因 CTiP、Mrell、ATM、Rad50、Chki、 、尸及dri?中之如本發明所述之微衛星。在 156715.doc -10· ⑧ 201249840 某些實施例中,該至少一個微衛星係见R27、、 、Mo«o27 或 DNA 修復基因 C77尸、Mre"及 J7W中之如本發明所述之微衛星。在一些實施例中,該至 少一個微衛星選自由及5αί25組成之群。在某 些實施例中,含有鹼基對插入或缺失之微衛星會導致DNA 修復功能失活。在某些實施例中,DNA修復功能係由選自 由Mre77、ΧΓΜ及C77尸組成之群的雙鏈DNA修復基因來支 配。 在另一態樣中,本發明闡述鑑別可能對使用式(I)化合物 治療有反應之MDS或AML患者的方法。在某些實施例中, 式(I)化合物係5-氟-8-(4-氟苯基)-9-(1-甲基-1Η-1,2,4-三唑-5-基)-8,9-二氫-2H-^b 啶并[4,3,2-de]呔畊-3(7Η)-酮。在某 些實施例中,該方法包含對患者惡性細胞DNA中之至少一 個微衛星中之MSI進行分析。在某些實施例中,MSI包含 在患者惡性細胞DNA中之至少一個微衛星中插入或缺失三 個或更多個鹼基對。在某些實施例中,若在患者惡性細胞 DNA之至少一個微衛星中存在MSI,則此表明患者之惡性 腫瘤可能對使用式(I)化合物治療敏感。在某些實施例中, 該至少一個微衛星中之MSI可使用經設計以檢測微衛星中 之插入或缺失的引物來檢測。在某些實施例中,該至少一 偭微衛 1 係 NR2J、NR22、NR24、Bat25、Bat26、Mono27 及 /或 DNA修復基因 C77P、Mre//、3ΓΜ、、C/zH、 、尸、J:TM及J77?中之如本發明所述之微衛星。在 156715.doc 201249840 某些實施例中,該至少一個微衛星係、 、Μοπο27 或 DNA修復基因 C77P、Mre77 及 3ΓΜ中之如本發明所述之微衛星。在某些實施例中,該至 少一個微衛星選自由及组成之群。在某 些實施例中,該至少一個微衛星含有鹼基對插入或缺失, 從而導致DNA修復功能失活。在某些實施例中,DNA修復 功能係由選自由Mrei/、及CHi3組成之群的雙鏈DNA 修復基因來支配。在某些實施例中,該方法進一步包含對 患者惡性細胞DNA中之染色體異常進行細胞遺傳學分析。 【實施方式】 式(I)或式(II)化合物 在某些實施例中,本發明揭示治療骨髓發育不良症候群 (MDS)或急性骨髓性白血病(AML)患者之MDS或AML的方 法,其包含向MDS或AML患者投與治療有效量之具有式(I) 或式(II)結構之化合物。 在某些實施例中,該等方法包含向患者投與具有式(I)及 式(II)結構之化合物的醫藥上可接受之鹽、溶劑合物、 酯、酸及其化學保護形式或前藥。 在某些實施例中,該等方法包含向患者投與具有式(I)及 式(Π)結構之化合物的異構體,包括單一異構體、立體異 構體、對映異構體、非對映異構體或其混合物。 式(I)如下: 156715.doc 12 ⑧ 201249840Ra and Rb are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, affiliary, cycloalkyl, and alkylcarbonyl; or Ra and Rb together with the atoms to which they are attached are formed, optionally having from 1 to 3, selected from the group consisting of a 3-10 membered heterocyclic ring of a hetero atom or a heterofunctional group of the group. -NH, _n(Ci_C6_烧美), -NCOA-CV alkyl)-, -N(aryl)·, _N(aryl_Ci_C6 _, 烧, _, -N (substituted aryl-CVC: 6-alkyl-)-, -n (heteroaryl), _N (heteroaryl-CVC: 6-alkyl-)-, _N ( Substituted heteroaryl*_Ci_C6_alkyl_)_ and _1 or S(0)q-, wherein q is 1 or 2 and the 3-10 membered heterocyclic ring is optionally substituted with one or more substituents; R4 and Rs Each is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, cycloalkyl, alkyl and (NRaRb)alkyl; and each core is selected from the group consisting of: 0H, N〇2, CN, Br, c, F, I, CVC6 alkyl, 〇3-(: 8-cycloalkyl, C2_C8 heterocyclic alkyl, & 156715.doc 201249840 alkenyl, alkoxy'alkane Oxyalkyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxycarbonylalkyl, c2-c6 alkynyl, aryl, arylalkyl, c3-c8 cycloalkyl Alkyl, haloalkoxy, li alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, pendant oxy, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkoxy, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylthio, heteroarylalkylsulfide , heterocycloalkoxy, c2-c8 heterocycloalkylthio, heterocyclooxy, heterocyclic thio, NRRAB, (NRAROCrCdt alkyl, (NRARB) carbonyl, (NRARB) carbonyl alkylene, (NRARB Sulfosyl and (NRARB)sulfonylalkylene. In certain embodiments, the compound is administered as a single isomer, a stereoisomer or an enantiomer or a mixture thereof. In the embodiments, the compound is administered in the form of a salt, solvate, chemically protected form or prodrug thereof. In certain embodiments, the compound is in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, excipient, and carrier. At least one of them is administered together. In some embodiments, the patient's malignant cells exhibit microsatellite instability (MSI) in the microsatellites. In some embodiments, the malignant cells are in at least one microsatellite Containing insertions or deletions. In some embodiments, the patient's malignant cells are in two, three, four The MSI is shown in five, six, seven or more microsatellites. In some embodiments, the MSI in at least one of the microsatellites comprises a plurality of insertions and/or deletions. In some embodiments, at least one The MSI in the microsatellite can be detected using primers designed to detect insertions or deletions in the microsatellite. In some embodiments, at least one of the microsatellite I lines NR21, NR22, NR24, Bat25, Bat26, Mono27 anti/DNA The microsatellite according to the present invention is repaired in the genes C77P, Mre/i, 3ΓΜ, 5LM, 156715.doc 201249840 and J77. In certain embodiments, the at least one microsatellite is selected from the group consisting of: see, , Mo«o2 7 and DNA repair genes CJ7P, Mreii, and 4, as described in the present invention. In some embodiments, the at least one microsatellite is selected from the group consisting of #7, iVi? In certain embodiments, the MSI comprises deletion or insertion of 3 or more base pairs in the microsatellite. In certain embodiments, the MSI comprises insertion or deletion of a base pair in the microsatellite, resulting in inactivation of the DNA repair function and/or a frameshift mutation in the double stranded DNA repair gene expression product. In certain embodiments, the DNA repair function is governed by a double-stranded DNA repair gene selected from the group consisting of: /ΓΜ and CHP. In certain embodiments, the method further comprises analyzing the MSI in at least one of the microsatellites of the patient's malignant cellular DNA. In certain embodiments, the compound is 5-fluoro-8-(4-fluorophenyl)-9-(1-indolyl-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-yl)-8,9- Dihydro-2H-pyrido[4,3,2-de]indole-3(7H)-one or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In certain embodiments, the invention features a method of treating AML in an AML patient comprising administering to the AML patient a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of formula (I), or a stereoisomer or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In certain embodiments, the compound is 5-fluoro-8-(4-fluorophenyl)-9-indole-methyl-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-yl)-8,9- Dihydro-2-indole-»pyridinyl[4,3,2-de]indole-3(7H)-one, or a stereoisomer thereof or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In another aspect, the invention is illustrative of a compound of formula (1), or a salt, solvate, single isomer, stereoisomer, or enantiomer thereof, or a mixture of 156715.xloc -9-201249840, Or a chemically protected form or prodrug thereof for the treatment of MDS or AML in a patient with MDS or AML. In certain embodiments, the malignant cells in the patient exhibit MSI in the microsatellite. In certain embodiments, the malignant cells in the patient exhibit MSI in at least two, three, four, five, six or more microsatellites. In another aspect, the invention recites a compound of formula (I), or a salt, solvate, single isomer, stereoisomer, or enantiomer thereof, or mixture thereof, or a chemically protected form thereof, or Use of a prodrug in the formulation of a medicament for the treatment of MDS or AML in a patient with MDS or AML. In certain embodiments, the malignant cells in the patient exhibit MSI in the microsatellite. In certain embodiments, the malignant cells in the patient exhibit MSI in at least two, three, four, five, six or more microsatellites. In another aspect, the invention sets forth a method of identifying MSI in a patient with MDS or AML. In certain embodiments, the method comprises analyzing an MSI in at least one of the microsatellites of the patient's malignant DNA. In certain embodiments, the MSI comprises inserting or deleting three or more base pairs in the at least one microsatellite. In certain embodiments, the presence of an MSI-to-patient malignancy in at least one of the patient's malignant cellular DNA is identified as potentially responsive to the compound therapy of Formula I. In some embodiments, the MSI in the at least one microsatellite can be detected using primers designed to detect insertions or deletions in the microsatellite. In certain embodiments, the at least one of the 'defense I lines NR21, NR22, NR24, Bat25, Bat26, Mono27 anti/or ΌΝΑ repair genes CTiP, Mrell, ATM, Rad50, Chki, corpse and dri? The microsatellite of the present invention. In some embodiments, the at least one microsatellite is found in the R27, , , Mo«o27 or DNA repair gene C77 corpse, Mre" and J7W, the microsatellite according to the invention . In some embodiments, the at least one microsatellite is selected from the group consisting of and 5αί25. In certain embodiments, a microsatellite containing a base pair insertion or deletion results in inactivation of DNA repair function. In certain embodiments, the DNA repair function is mediated by a double-stranded DNA repair gene selected from the group consisting of Mre77, sputum, and C77 cadaver. In another aspect, the invention features methods of identifying a patient who may be responsive to treatment with a compound of formula (I). In certain embodiments, the compound of formula (I) is 5-fluoro-8-(4-fluorophenyl)-9-(1-methyl-1Η-1,2,4-triazol-5-yl) -8,9-Dihydro-2H-^b pyridine[4,3,2-de]indole-3(7Η)-one. In some embodiments, the method comprises analyzing an MSI in at least one of the microsatellites in the patient's malignant cellular DNA. In certain embodiments, the MSI comprises inserting or deleting three or more base pairs in at least one microsatellite in the patient's malignant cellular DNA. In certain embodiments, if MSI is present in at least one of the microsatellites of the patient's malignant DNA, this indicates that the patient's malignancy may be susceptible to treatment with the compound of formula (I). In some embodiments, the MSI in the at least one microsatellite can be detected using a primer designed to detect insertions or deletions in the microsatellite. In certain embodiments, the at least one scorpion 1 line NR2J, NR22, NR24, Bat25, Bat26, Mono27 and/or DNA repair genes C77P, Mre//, 3ΓΜ, C/zH, corpse, J: Microsatellites as described in TM and J77®. In certain embodiments, the at least one microsatellite, Μοπο27 or the DNA repair genes C77P, Mre77, and 3ΓΜ are microsatellites as described in the present invention. In certain embodiments, the at least one microsatellite is selected from the group consisting of and. In some embodiments, the at least one microsatellite contains a base pair insertion or deletion resulting in inactivation of the DNA repair function. In certain embodiments, the DNA repair function is governed by a double-stranded DNA repair gene selected from the group consisting of Mrei/, and CHi3. In certain embodiments, the method further comprises cytogenetic analysis of chromosomal abnormalities in the DNA of the patient's malignant cells. [Embodiment] Compounds of Formula (I) or Formula (II) In certain embodiments, the present invention discloses methods of treating MDS or AML in patients with myelodysplastic syndrome (MDS) or acute myeloid leukemia (AML), including A therapeutically effective amount of a compound having the structure of formula (I) or formula (II) is administered to a patient with MDS or AML. In certain embodiments, the methods comprise administering to a patient a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester, acid, and chemically protected form thereof, or a chemically acceptable form of a compound having the structure of Formula (I) and Formula (II) medicine. In certain embodiments, the methods comprise administering to a patient an isomer of a compound having the structure of Formula (I) and Formula (Π), including a single isomer, a stereoisomer, an enantiomer, Diastereomers or mixtures thereof. Formula (I) is as follows: 156715.doc 12 8 201249840
r3 r5 Υ Β Ζ 式⑴ 其中: Y及Z各自獨立地選自由以下組成之群: a) 視需要經1個、2個或3個R6取代之芳基; b) 視需要經1個、2個或3個尺6取代之雜芳基; c) 獨立地選自由以下組成之群之取代基:氫、烯 基、炫氧基、烷氧基烷基、烷氧基羰基、烷氧基 羰基烷基、烷基、炔基、芳基烷基、環烷基、環 烷基烷基、鹵代烷基、羥基伸烷基、側氧基、雜 環烷基、雜環烷基烷基、烷基羰基、芳基羰基、 雜方基叛基、烧基績酿基、芳基續酿基、雜芳基 磺醯基、(nrarb)伸烷基、(nrarb)羰基、 (nrarb)羰基伸烷基、(nrarb)磺醯基及(nrarb) 磺酿基伸烷基; R!、R2及R3各自獨立地選自由以下組成之群:氫、鹵 素、烯基、烷氧基、烷氧基羰基、烷基、環烷基、炔基、 氰基、齒代烷氧基、齒代烷基、羥基、羥基伸烷基、硝 基、nrarb、nrarb伸烷基及(nrarb)羰基; A及B各自獨立地選自氫、Br、C卜F、I、OH、C丨-(:6烷 基、C3-C8環烧基、烧氧基、烧氧基烧基’其中Ci-C6烧 156715.doc • 13- 201249840 基、烧基、烧氧基、院氧基烧基視需要經至少一 個選自 OH、N02、CN、Br、C卜 F、I、Cl_C6 烧基及 C3_C8 環烷基之取代基取代,其中B不為〇H; RA及Rb獨立地選自由以下組成之群:氫、烷基、環烷基 及烷基羰基;或Ra與Rb連同其所附接之原子一起形成視需 要具有1個至3個選自由以下組成之群之雜原子或雜官能團 的 3-10 員雜環:-Ο-、-NH、-烧基)_ 、-NCOCCVCV 院基)-、-N(芳基)-、·ν(芳基 _Cl_C6_ 烧基 + 、-N(經取代芳基-Ci-Ce-院基-)-、-N(雜芳基)_、(雜芳 基-C!-C6-烷基-)-、-N(經取代雜芳基·Cl_c6_烷基_)_及_s_或 S(0)q- ’其中q係1或2且該3-10員雜環視需要經一或多個取 代基取代; R4及Rs各自獨立地選自由以下組成之群:氫、烷基、環 烧基、烧氧基烧基、鹵代貌基、羥基伸燒基及(NRaRb)伸 烷基;且 各R6選自由以下組成之群:〇H、N02、CN、Br、α、 F、I、Ci-C6)^ 基、C3-C8 環烧基、c2-C8雜環炫基、C2-C6 烯基、烷氧基、烷氧基烷基、烷氧基羰基、烷氧基羰基烷 基、CrC6炔基、芳基、芳基烷基、C3_C8環烷基烷基、鹵 代烷氧基、齒代烷基、羥基伸烷基、側氧基、雜芳基、雜 芳基烷氧基、雜芳基氧基、雜芳基硫基、雜芳基烷基硫 基、雜環烧氧基、C2-C8雜環烧基硫基、雜環氧基、雜環 硫基、NRARB、(NRARB)Ci_Cj 烷基、(NRaRb)羰基、 (NRARB)羰基伸烷基、(NRaRb)磺醯基&(NRaRb)磺醯基伸 156715.doc ⑧ -14 * 201249840 烧基;或 及其異構體、鹽、溶劑合物、化學保護形式及前藥。 式(π)如下:R3 r5 Υ Β Ζ Formula (1) wherein: Y and Z are each independently selected from the group consisting of: a) an aryl group substituted by 1, 2 or 3 R6 as needed; b) 1 or 2 as needed And 3 quaternary 6 substituted heteroaryl groups; c) substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkenyl, methoxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl Alkyl, alkyl, alkynyl, arylalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, pendant oxy, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, alkyl Carbonyl, arylcarbonyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, aryl, heteroarylsulfonyl, nrarb alkyl, nrarb carbonyl, nrarb carbonyl alkyl And (nrarb)sulfonyl and (nrarb)sulfonylalkyl; R!, R2 and R3 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, alkenyl, alkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkane Alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkynyl, cyano, dentate alkoxy, dentate alkyl, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, nitro, nrarb, nrarb alkyl and nrarb carbonyl; A and B are independent Ground selection Hydrogen, Br, C, F, I, OH, C丨-(: 6 alkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl) where Ci-C6 burns 156715.doc • 13- 201249840 The base, the alkyl group, the alkoxy group, the alkoxy group are optionally substituted with at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of OH, N02, CN, Br, C, F, I, Cl_C6 alkyl and C3_C8 cycloalkyl, wherein B Not 〇H; RA and Rb are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl and alkylcarbonyl; or Ra and Rb together with the atoms to which they are attached form 1 to 3 as desired 3-10 member heterocycles selected from heteroatoms or heterofunctional groups of the group consisting of: -Ο-, -NH, -alkyl)_, -NCOCCVCV ()-, -N(aryl)-, ν(aryl_Cl_C6_alkylidene, -N(substituted aryl-Ci-Ce-homo-)-, -N(heteroaryl)-, (heteroaryl-C!-C6-alkyl- )-, -N (substituted heteroaryl·Cl_c6_alkyl_)_ and _s_ or S(0)q- ' wherein q is 1 or 2 and the 3-10 member heterocyclic ring is required to pass one or more Substituted substituents; R4 and Rs are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, halomorph, hydroxy a stretching group and (NRaRb)alkyl group; and each R6 is selected from the group consisting of 〇H, N02, CN, Br, α, F, I, Ci-C6), a C3-C8 cycloalkyl group, C2-C8 Heterocyclic, C2-C6 alkenyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxycarbonylalkyl, CrC6 alkynyl, aryl, arylalkyl, C3_C8 ring Alkylalkyl, haloalkoxy, dentate alkyl, hydroxyalkylene, pendant oxy, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkoxy, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylthio, heteroarylalkane Thiothio, heterocycloalkyloxy, C2-C8 heterocycloalkylthio, heterocyclooxy, heterocyclic thio, NRRAB, (NRARB)Ci_Cj alkyl, (NRaRb)carbonyl, (NRARB)carbonyl olefin (NRaRb)sulfonyl group & (NRaRb) sulfonyl ketone extension 156715.doc 8 -14 * 201249840 alkyl; or its isomers, salts, solvates, chemically protected forms and prodrugs. The formula (π) is as follows:
式(II); 其中: Y係視需要經至少一個R0取代之芳基或雜芳基; z係視需要經至少一個r6取代之芳基; A及B各自獨立地選自氫、Br、Cl、F、I、〇n、(:丨-(:6烧 基、CrC8環烷基、烷氧基、烷氧基烷基,其中(:1_(:6烷 基、Cs-C:8環烷基、烷氧基、烷氧基烷基視需要經至少一 個選自 OH、N〇2、CN、Br、C卜 F、I、CVC6 烷基及 C3-C8 環烧基之取代基取代,其中B不為oh; R6選自 OH、N〇2、CN、Br、Cl、F ' I、Cj-Ce烧基、C3-Cs環烷基、CrCg雜環烷基、CrC6烯基、烷氧基、烷氧基 院基、烷氧基羰基、烷氧基羰基烷基、C2-C6炔基、芳 基、芳基烧基、CrC8環烷基烷基、函代烷氧基、画代烷 基、羥基伸烷基、側氧基、雜芳基、雜芳基烷氧基、雜芳 基氧基、雜芳基硫基'雜芳基烷基硫基、雜環烷氧基、 C2_CS雜環烷基硫基、雜環氧基、雜環硫基、NRaRb、 (NRaRUcvcM 烷基、(nrarb)羰基、(NRaRb)羰基伸烷 156715.doc •15· 201249840 基、(NRARB)續醯基及(NRARB)績酿基伸烧基; R2選自氫、Br、α、I或F ;Formula (II); wherein: Y is an aryl or heteroaryl group which is optionally substituted with at least one R0; z is an aryl group which is optionally substituted with at least one r6; and A and B are each independently selected from hydrogen, Br, Cl , F, I, 〇n, (: 丨-(: 6 alkyl, CrC8 cycloalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, wherein (:1_(:6 alkyl, Cs-C: 8 naphthenic) The base, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl group is optionally substituted with at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of OH, N〇2, CN, Br, C, F, I, CVC6 alkyl and C3-C8 cycloalkyl, wherein B is not oh; R6 is selected from OH, N〇2, CN, Br, Cl, F 'I, Cj-Ce alkyl, C3-Cs cycloalkyl, CrCg heterocycloalkyl, CrC6 alkenyl, alkoxy , alkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxycarbonylalkyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, aryl, arylalkyl, CrC8 cycloalkylalkyl, functional alkoxy, alkyl , hydroxyalkylene, pendant oxy, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkoxy, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylthio 'heteroarylalkylthio, heterocycloalkoxy, C2_CS heterocycle Alkylthio, heterocyclooxy, heterocyclic thio, NRaRb, (NRaRUcvcM alkyl, (nrarb) carbonyl, (NRaRb) Carbonyl alkane 156715.doc •15·201249840 base, (NRARB) continuous sulfhydryl and (NRARB) synthetic base; R2 is selected from hydrogen, Br, α, I or F;
Ra及Rb獨立地選自由以下組成之群:氫、烧基、 C3-Cs環烷基及烷基羰基;或尺八與Rb連同其所附接之原子 一起形成視需要具有1個至3個選自由以下組成之群之雜 原子或雜官能團的3 - 1 0員雜環:_〇_、_Nh、 -NWrCe 烷基)_、-^[(^((^-(^烷基)…_nc〇(C3_C8 環烷基 、-N(芳基)_、_N(芳基_Cl_C6烷基_)_、·Ν(經取代芳基_Ci_ C6烷基-)_、_N(雜芳基)…_N(雜芳基_c丨Q烷基_卜 、-N(經取代雜芳基_Cl_C6烷基_)_及4或s(〇v,其中^係 1或2且3亥3 -1 〇員雜環視需要經一或多個取代基取代;或其 醫藥上可接受之鹽、溶劑合物或前藥。 在某些實施例中,本發明所提供方法中所投與之化合物 係式⑴化合物或其治療上可接受之鹽,其中Ri、R2、心獨 立地選自由氫、烷基及鹵素組成之群;&係氫且&選自由 以下組成之群:氫、烷基、環烷基、烷氧基烷基、齒代烷 基、羥基伸烷基及(nrarb)伸烷基;、及、獨立地選自由 以下組成之群:氫、烷基、環烷基及烷基羰基;或尺八與1^ 連同其所附接之原子一起形成視需要具有丨個至3個選自由 以下組成之群之雜原子或雜官能團的3-10員雜環:_〇_、 -ΝΗ、·Ν((:丨'C6·烷基)-、-NCO(C 丨-C6-烷基)-、_N(芳基)_ N(芳基-CVC6·烷基·)_、_N(經取代芳基_Ci_C6烷基 、(”方基)-、(雜芳基-C丨-C6 -烧基-)_、-N(經取 雜芳基Cl-C6-烧基及-S-或S(〇V,其中q係1或2且該 156715.doc ⑧ •16· 201249840 3-10員雜環視需要經一或多個取代基取代。 在某些實施例中,本發明所提供方法中所投與之化合物 係Y為芳基之式(I)化合物。在另一實施例中,芳基係苯 基。在再一實施例中,苯基經至少一個選自Br、d、F或Z 之Re取代。在一實施例中,Rs係F。在一實施例中,苯基 經至少一個選自(nrarb)Ci_C6伸烷基、(NRaRb)羰基、 (nrarb)羰基伸烷基、(NRaRb)磺醯基及磺醯基伸 烷基之R6取代。在一實施例中,Rs係(NRaRb)Ci_C6伸烷 基。在另一實施例中,Cl_C6烷基選自亞甲基、伸乙基、 伸正丙基、伸異丙基、伸正丁基、伸異丁基及伸第三-丁 基。在再一實施例中’ Cl-C6烷基係亞曱基。在再一實施 例中,ra及rb各自獨立地為氫、Ci_c6烷基或c3_c8環烷 基。在一實施例中,Cl-C:6烷基選自甲基、乙基、正丙 基、異丙基、正丁基、異丁基及第三_ 丁基,在一實施例 中,CrC6烷基係甲基。在另一實施例中,基係乙 基。在再一實施例中,烷基係環丙基、環丁基、 環戊基及環己基。在另一實施例中,C3_C8環烷基係環丙 基。在再一實施例中,r6係羥基伸烷基。在一實施例中, » C,-C6 經基伸烧基選自 CH2〇H、ch2ch2oh、CH2CH2CH2OH、 CH(OH)CH3 、CH(〇H)CH2CH3 、CH2CH(OH)CH3 及 CH2CH2CH2CH2〇H。在另一實施例中,、與Rb連同其所附 接之氣一起形成具有1個選自由-0-、-NH或-N(C丨-C6烷基) 組成之群之雜原子或雜官能團的6員雜環。在再一實施例 中’雜官能團係-Ν(^ν(:6烷基)。在另一實施例中 156715.doc -17- 201249840 烷基選自甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、異丁基 及第三-丁基》在再一實施例中,Ci-Ce烷基係甲基。在一 實施例中’ Y係視需要經至少一個r6取代之雜芳基。在另 一實施例中’雜芳基選自呋喃、吡啶、嘧啶、。比嗪、咪 °坐、。塞唑、異噻唑、吡唑、三唑、D比咯、噻吩、噁唑、異 噁唑、1,2,4-噁二唑、1,3,4-噁二唑、1,2,4-三嗪、吲哚、 苯并嗟吩、苯并咪唑、苯并咬喃、違。秦、1,3,5-三唤、噻 吩并噻吩、喹喔啉、喹琳及異喹琳。在再一實施例中,雜 芳基係咪唑。在另一實施例中,咪唑經選自曱基、乙基、 正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、異丁基及第三·丁基iCl_c6烷 基取代。在再一實施例中,CrCe烷基係曱基。在一實施 例中,雜芳基係呋喃。在另一實施例中,雜芳基係噻唑。 在再一實施例中,雜芳基係1,3,4-。惡二唾。在另一實施例 中’雜芳基經選自甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁 基、異丁基及第三-丁基之CrC6烧基取代。在再一實施例 中’ Ci-C:6烷基係甲基。在一實施例中,z係芳基。在另一 實施例中,芳基係苯基。在再一實施例中’苯基經至少一 個選自Br、Cl、F或I之R6取代。在又一實施例中,尺6係 F。在再一實施例中,I係ci。在一實施例中,苯基經至 少一個選自(NRaRb^-C^ 烷基、(NRaRb)羰基、(nraRb) 羰基伸烷基、(NRaRb)磺醯基及(NRaRb)磺醯基伸烷基之r6 取代。在另一實施例中’ Re係(NRARJCrCe伸烷基。在再 一實施例中,Cl-C6烷基選自亞甲基、伸乙基、伸正丙 基、伸異丙基、伸正丁基、伸異丁基及伸第三-丁基。在 156715.doc -18 - 201249840 再一實施例中,Cl-c:6烷基係亞甲基。在另一實施例中, RA及Rb各自獨立地為氫、Cl_C0烷基或C3_C8環烷基。在一 實施例中,CrC:6烷基選自曱基、乙基、正丙基、異丙 基、正丁基、異丁基及第三-丁基。在另一實施例中, CrC6烷基係甲基。在再一實施例中,、與、連同其所附 接之氮一起形成具有1個選自由' _NH或·NfrQ烷基) 組成之群之雜原子或雜官能團的6員雜環。在另一實施例 中,雜官能團係-N(Cl-C6烷基)。在一實施例中,d-Q烷 基選自甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、異丁基及 第三-丁基。在再一實施例中,Cl-C0烷基係曱基。在一實 施例中’ Z係視需要經至少一個r6取代之雜芳基。在另一 貫施例中’雜方基選自β夫喃、n比咬、η密咬、。比嗓、味β坐、 噻唑、異噻唑、吡唑、三唑、吡咯、噻吩、噁唑、異噁 唑、1,2,4-噁二唑、1,3,4-噁二唑、1,2,4-三嗪、吲哚、苯 并嗟吩、苯并咪唑、苯并呋喃、噠嗪、H5 —三嗪、噻吩 并°塞吩、喹喔啉、喹啉及異喹啉。在再一實施例中,雜芳 基係咪唾。在另一實施例中,咪唑經選自甲基、乙基、正 丙基、異丙基、正丁基、異丁基及第三-丁基之(^-(^烷基 取代。在再一實施例中,Cl-C6烷基係曱基。在一實施例 中,雜芳基係呋喃。在另一實施例中,雜芳基係噻唑。在 再一實施例中’雜芳基係i,3,4-噁二唑《在另一實施例 中’雜芳基經選自甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁 基、異丁基及第三-丁基之C^-Ce烷基取代。在再一實施例 中’ CrC:6烷基係曱基。在另一實施例中,r2係氫。在再 156715.doc •19· 201249840 一實施例申’ R2選自F、α、Br及I。在另一實施例中,& 係F。 在某些實施例中,本發明所提供方法中所投與之化合物 係A為氫之式(I)化合物。在另一實施例中,a係〇〗_〇6院 基。在另一實施例中,A選自甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙 基、正丁基、異丁基、第三-丁基、正戊基及正己基。在 再一實施例中,甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、 異丁基、第三-丁基、正戊基及正己基視需要經〇H、 N〇2、CN、Br、Cl、F及I取代。在另一實施例中,a係甲 基。在再一實施例中’ A選自F、a、Br及I。在另一實施 例中’ A係環烧基。在另一實施例中,a係環丙基、 環丁基、環戊基或環己基。在一實施例中,A經〇H、n〇2 或CN取代。在另一實施例中’ BSCrC6烷基。在另一實 施例中,B選自甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、 異丁基、第二-丁基、正戊基及正己基。在再一實施例 中,曱基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、異丁基、第 三-丁基、正戊基及正己基視需要經〇H、n〇2、CN、Br、 Cl、F及I取代。在一實施例中,所投與之化合物係b為氫 之式(I)化合物。在另一實施例中,B係曱基。在再一實施 例中’ B選自F、C卜Br及I。在另一實施例中,b係C3-C8 環烷基。在另一實施例中,B係環丙基、環丁基、環戊基 或環己基。在一實施例中’ A經〇H、N〇2或CN取代。在另 一實施例中’所投與之化合物係如下式⑴化合物:其中A 係氫且B選自Br、C卜F、I、CVC6烷基、c3_c8環烷基、烷 156715.doc •20· ⑧ 201249840 氧基、烷氧基烷基,其中CrC6烷基、c3-c8環烷基、烷氧 基、烷氧基烷基視需要經至少一個選自OH、n〇2、CN、 Br、a、F、I、CVC6烷基及(:3-0:8環烷基之取代基取代。 在另一實施例中,所投與之化合物係如下式⑴化合物:其 中B係氫且A選自Br、Cl、F、I ' (:丨-(:6烷基、c3-C8環烷 基、烷氧基、烷氧基烷基,其中烷基、C3-C8環烷 基、烧氧基、烧氧基烧基視需要經至少一個選自〇H、 N〇2、CN、Br、Cl、F、I、CVC6 烧基及(:3<8環院基之取 代基取代。在再一實施例卡,A及B二者均為氫。在另一 實施例中,A及B二者均選自Br、Cl、F、I、CVC6烧基、 q-c:8環烷基、烷氧基、烷氧基烷基,其中Cl_c6烷基、C3_ Cs環烷基、烷氧基、烷氧基烷基視需要經至少一個選自 〇H、N02、CN、Br、C卜 F、I、CVC6 烧基及 C3-C8 環烷基 之取代基取代。 在某些實施例_,本發明所提供方法中所投與之化合物 係Y為芳基之式(II)化合物。在另一實施例中,芳基係苯 基。在再一實施例中,苯基經至少一個選自Br、C卜1?或J 之Re取代。在一實施例中,R0係F。在一實施例中,苯基 經至少一個選自(NRaROCVC^伸烷基、(NRARB)羰基、 (nrarb)羰基伸烷基、(nrarb)磺醯基及(NRaRb)磺醯基伸 烷基之R6取代。在一實施例中,Re係(NRaRb)Ci_C6伸烷 基。在另一實施例中,CrC6烷基選自亞曱基、伸乙基、 伸正丙基、伸異丙基、伸正丁基、伸異丁基及伸第三-丁 156715.doc -21 - 201249840 基。在再一實施例中,CrC6伸烷基係亞甲基。在再—實 施例中,RA&RB各自獨立地為氫、CfC:6烷基或C3_C8環烧 基。在一實施例中,CrC6烷基選自甲基、乙基、正丙 基、異丙基、正丁基、異丁基及第三-丁基。在一實施例 中’ CrC6烷基係曱基。在另一實施例中,基係乙 基。在再一實施例中,C3_C8環烷基係環丙基、環丁基、 環戊基及環己基。在另一實施例中,C3_C8環烷基係環丙 基。在再一實施例中,R6係羥基伸烷基。在一實施例中, 羥基伸烷基選自 ch2oh、CH2CH2OH、ch2ch2ch2〇h、 CH(OH)CH3 、CH(〇H)CH2CH3 、CH2CH(OH)CH3 及 CH2CH2CH2CH2〇H。在另一實施例中,反八與Rb連同其所附 接之氮一起形成具有1個選自由-0-、-NH或-N(C丨-C6烷基) 組成之群之雜原子或雜官能團的6員雜環。在再一實施例 中’雜官能團係-NerC6烧基)。在另一實施例中,d-Q 烷基選自曱基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、異丁基 及第三-丁基》在再一實施例中,d-Ce烷基係甲基。在一 實施例中’ Y係視需要經至少一個r6取代之雜芳基。在另 一貫施例中’雜芳基選自吱喃、〇比咬、嘴咬、α比嗪、咪 。坐、噻。坐、異噻唑、吡唑、三唑、吡咯、售吩、噁唑、異 。惡0坐、1,2,4-°惡二 〇坐、1,3,4-«>惡二。坐、ι,2,4-三唤、朵、 本并°塞吩、本并咪11坐、苯并η夫嚼、健嗪、1,3,5 _三唤、嗟 吩并·•塞吩、哇喔淋、喹啉及異喹啉。在再一實施例中,雜 156715.doc ” ⑧ 201249840 芳基係咪唑。在另一實施例中,咪唾經選自曱基、乙基、 正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、異丁基及第三-丁基之(:1_(:6烷 基取代。在再一實施例中,Cl-(:6烷基係曱基。在一實施 例中,雜芳基係吱喃。在另一實施例中,雜芳基係嘆。坐β 在再一實施例中’雜芳基係1,3,4-噁二唑。在另一實施例 中’雜^基經選自甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁 基、異丁基及第三-丁基之CrC:6烷基取代。在再一實施例 中’ CrC6烷基係甲基。在一實施例中,z係芳基。在另一 貫施例中,务基係苯基。在再一實施例中,苯基經至少一 個選自Br、Cl、F或I之R6取代。在另一實施例中,以係 F。在再一實施例中,R0係C1。在一實施例中,苯基經至 少一個選自(NRARJCVCe伸烷基、(NRaRb)羰基、(NRARB) 羰基伸烷基、(NRaRb)磺醯基及(nraRb)磺醯基伸烷基之r6 取代。在另一實施例中,Re係(NRaRb)Ci_C6伸烷基。在再 貫紅例中’ CrC6伸院基選自亞曱基、伸乙基、伸正丙 基、伸異丙基、伸正丁基、伸異丁基及伸第三-丁基◊在 再一實施例中,CrC6烷基係亞曱基。在另一實施例中, Ra&Rb各自獨立地為氫、烷基或c3_c8環烷基。在一 貫施例十’ CrC6烷基選自曱基、乙基、正丙基、異丙 基、正丁基、異丁基及第三-丁基。在另一實施例中,d· ce烷基係曱基。在再一實施例中,尺六與、連同其所附接之 氮一起形成具有1個選自由-〇_、_nh!_n(Ci_C6烷基)組成 156715.doc -23- 201249840 之群之雜原子或雜官能團的6員雜環。在另—實施例中, 雜g此團係^(Ci-C6·烧基)。在一實施例中,c「c6炫基選 自曱基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、異丁基及第 二- 丁基。在再一實施例中’ Ci-C6烧基係甲基。在另一實 施例中’ R·2係氩。在再一實施例中,R2選自F、C卜以及 I。在另一實施例中,r2係F 〇 在某些實施例中’本發明所提供方法中所投與之化合物 係A為氫之式(II)化合物。在另一實施例中,八係(^-〇6烧 基。在另一實施例中,A選自甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙 基、正丁基、異丁基、第三-丁基、正戊基及正己基。在 再一實施例中,曱基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、 異丁基、第三-丁基、正戊基及正己基視需要經〇H、 N〇2、CN、Br、Cl、F及I取代。在另一實施例中,a係曱 基。在再一實施例中,A選自F、Cl、Br及I »在另一實施 例中,A係CpC:8環烧基。在另一實施例中,a係環丙基、 環丁基、環戊基或環己基。在一實施例中,A經OH、N〇2 或CN取代。在一實施例中,所投與之化合物係B為氫之式 (II)化合物。在另一實施例中,8係(:1-(:6烷基。在另一實 施例中,B選自甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、 異丁基、第三-丁基、正戊基及正己基。在再一實施例 中,甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、異丁基、第 三- 丁基、正戊基及正己基視需要經OH、N〇2、CN、Br、 156715.doc -24- ⑧ 201249840Ra and Rb are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, C3-Cs cycloalkyl and alkylcarbonyl; or the ruler and Rb together with the atoms to which they are attached form 1 to 3 as desired A 3 - 10 member heterocyclic ring selected from the group consisting of heteroatoms or heterofunctional groups of the following composition: _〇_, _Nh, -NWrCe alkyl)_, -^[(^((^-(^))) 〇(C3_C8 cycloalkyl, -N(aryl)_, _N(aryl_Cl_C6 alkyl_)_, Ν(substituted aryl_Ci_C6 alkyl-)_, _N(heteroaryl)... _N(heteroaryl_c丨Qalkyl-b, -N(substituted heteroaryl_Cl_C6 alkyl_)_ and 4 or s(〇v, where ^ is 1 or 2 and 3H 3 -1 〇 The heterocyclic ring is optionally substituted with one or more substituents; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof. In certain embodiments, the compound administered in the method of the present invention is a formula (1) a compound or a therapeutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein Ri, R2, and a heart are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, an alkyl group, and a halogen; & is hydrogen and & is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, and ring. Alkyl, alkoxyalkyl, dentate alkyl, hydroxyalkylene and (nrarb) And/or independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, and alkylcarbonyl; or ampule and 1^ together with the atoms to which they are attached, forming from one to three A 3-10 membered heterocyclic ring selected from the group consisting of heteroatoms or heterofunctional groups of the following composition: _〇_, -ΝΗ,·Ν((:丨'C6·alkyl)-, -NCO(C 丨-C6-alkane Base, -, _N(aryl)_N(aryl-CVC6.alkyl.)_, _N (substituted aryl-Ci_C6 alkyl, ("square)-, (heteroaryl-C丨-C6 -alkyl-)-, -N (by heteroaryl Cl-C6-alkyl and -S- or S (〇V, where q is 1 or 2 and the 156715.doc 8 •16·201249840 3-10 The heterocyclic ring is optionally substituted with one or more substituents. In certain embodiments, the compound of the invention wherein the compound Y is an aryl group of the compound of formula (I). In another embodiment, An aryl phenyl group. In still another embodiment, the phenyl group is substituted with at least one Re selected from Br, d, F or Z. In one embodiment, Rs is F. In one embodiment, the phenyl group is At least one selected from the group consisting of (nrarb) Ci_C6 alkylene, (NRaRb) carbonyl, (nrarb) carbonyl alkylene, ( NRaRb) is substituted with R6 of the sulfonyl and sulfonylalkylene. In one embodiment, the Rs is (NRaRb)Ci_C6 alkyl. In another embodiment, the C1-C6 alkyl is selected from the group consisting of methylene and ethyl. , propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, and tert-butyl. In a further embodiment, 'Cl-C6 alkyl is fluorenyl. In still another embodiment, ra and rb are each independently hydrogen, Ci_c6 alkyl or c3_c8 cycloalkyl. In one embodiment, Cl-C: 6 alkyl is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, and tert-butyl, in one embodiment, CrC6 Alkyl methyl group. In another embodiment, the base is ethyl. In still another embodiment, the alkyl group is a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, a cyclopentyl group, and a cyclohexyl group. In another embodiment, the C3_C8 cycloalkyl is cyclopropyl. In still another embodiment, the r6 is a hydroxyl group alkyl group. In one embodiment, the » C, -C6 alkyl group is selected from the group consisting of CH2〇H, ch2ch2oh, CH2CH2CH2OH, CH(OH)CH3, CH(〇H)CH2CH3, CH2CH(OH)CH3, and CH2CH2CH2CH2〇H. In another embodiment, with Rb along with the gas to which it is attached, a heteroatom or heterofunctional group having one selected from the group consisting of -0, -NH or -N(C丨-C6 alkyl) is formed. 6-member heterocycle. In yet another embodiment, the heterofunctional group is Ν(^ν(:6 alkyl). In another embodiment 156715.doc -17-201249840 alkyl is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, and iso Propyl, n-butyl, isobutyl and tert-butyl. In still another embodiment, Ci-Ce alkyl is methyl. In one embodiment, 'Y is optionally substituted with at least one r6. Aryl. In another embodiment, the 'heteroaryl group is selected from the group consisting of furan, pyridine, pyrimidine, pyrazine, sodium, pyrazole, isothiazole, pyrazole, triazole, D-pyrrol, thiophene, oxazole , isoxazole, 1,2,4-oxadiazole, 1,3,4-oxadiazole, 1,2,4-triazine, anthracene, benzophenone, benzimidazole, benzopyrene In the other embodiment, the heteroaryl is imidazole. In another embodiment, the imidazole is inferior. Qin, 1,3,5-tripa, thienothiophene, quinoxaline, quinoline, and isoquineline. In still another embodiment, the heteroaryl is imidazole. Substituted by an alkyl group selected from the group consisting of decyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl and tert-butyl iCl_c6. In still another embodiment, the CrCe alkyl is fluorenyl. In one embodiment, a heteroaryl furan. In another embodiment, An aryl thiazole. In still another embodiment, the heteroaryl is 1,3,4-. dioxin. In another embodiment, the 'heteroaryl is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, Isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, and tri-butyl-substituted CrC6 alkyl. In still another embodiment, 'Ci-C: 6 alkyl-methyl. In one embodiment, z-aryl In another embodiment, the aryl is phenyl. In still another embodiment, the 'phenyl is substituted with at least one R6 selected from the group consisting of Br, Cl, F or I. In yet another embodiment, the ruler 6 is F. In still another embodiment, I is ci. In one embodiment, the phenyl group is selected from at least one selected from the group consisting of (NRaRb^-C^ alkyl, (NRaRb)carbonyl, (nraRb)carbonylalkylene, (NRaRb) a sulfonyl group and a (NRaRb) sulfonylalkylene group substituted by r6. In another embodiment, the 'Re system (NRARJCrCe alkylene group. In still another embodiment, the Cl-C6 alkyl group is selected from the group consisting of methylene groups, Ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl and tri-butyl. In 156715.doc -18 - 201249840 In another embodiment, Cl-c: 6 alkyl Methylene group. In another embodiment, RA and Rb Independently hydrogen, Cl_CO alkyl or C3_C8 cycloalkyl. In one embodiment, CrC: 6 alkyl is selected from the group consisting of decyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl and a third-butyl group. In another embodiment, the CrC6 alkyl group is methyl. In still another embodiment, with, together with the nitrogen to which it is attached, has one selected from the group consisting of '_NH or · NfrQ alkane. a 6-membered heterocyclic ring of a hetero atom or a heterofunctional group of the group. In another embodiment, the heterofunctional group is -N(Cl-C6 alkyl). In one embodiment, the dQ alkyl group is selected from the group consisting of methyl , ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl and tert-butyl. In still another embodiment, the Cl-C0 alkyl group is a fluorenyl group. In one embodiment, the 'Z" is optionally a heteroaryl group substituted with at least one r6. In another embodiment, the 'hetero square' is selected from the group consisting of β-flan, n-bite, and n-bite. Bismuth, taste beta, thiazole, isothiazole, pyrazole, triazole, pyrrole, thiophene, oxazole, isoxazole, 1,2,4-oxadiazole, 1,3,4-oxadiazole, 1 2,4-triazine, anthracene, benzoporphin, benzimidazole, benzofuran, pyridazine, H5-triazine, thieno-septene, quinoxaline, quinoline and isoquinoline. In still another embodiment, the heteroaryl is saliva. In another embodiment, the imidazole is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, and tert-butyl (^-(^alkyl substituted. In one embodiment, the Cl-C6 alkyl is decyl. In one embodiment, the heteroaryl is furan. In another embodiment, the heteroaryl is thiazole. In yet another embodiment, the 'heteroaryl system i,3,4-oxadiazole "In another embodiment, the heteroaryl is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl and tert-butyl. C^-Ce alkyl substituted. In still another embodiment, 'CrC: 6 alkyl sulfhydryl. In another embodiment, r2 is hydrogen. In 156715.doc • 19· 201249840, an embodiment R2 is selected from the group consisting of F, α, Br, and I. In another embodiment, & F. In certain embodiments, the compound A in the process provided by the present invention is hydrogen (I) In another embodiment, a is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl. In another embodiment, A is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl. , a third-butyl group, a n-pentyl group, and a n-hexyl group. In still another embodiment Methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, n-pentyl and n-hexyl are required to pass through H, N〇2, CN, Br, Cl, F and I are substituted. In another embodiment, a is a methyl group. In still another embodiment 'A is selected from the group consisting of F, a, Br, and I. In another embodiment, 'A is a cycloalkyl group. In one embodiment, a is cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl or cyclohexyl. In one embodiment, A is substituted with 〇H, n〇2 or CN. In another embodiment, 'BSCrC6 alkyl In another embodiment, B is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, second-butyl, n-pentyl, and n-hexyl. In the examples, fluorenyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, n-pentyl and n-hexyl are required to pass through H, n〇2, CN, Br. , Cl, F and I. In one embodiment, the compound to be administered is a compound of formula (I) wherein hydrogen is hydrogen. In another embodiment, B is a fluorenyl group. In yet another embodiment, 'B Selected from F, C, Br, and I. In another embodiment, b is a C3-C8 cycloalkyl group. In one embodiment, B is cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl or cyclohexyl. In one embodiment 'A is substituted with 〇H, N〇2 or CN. In another embodiment' The compound is a compound of the following formula (1): wherein A is hydrogen and B is selected from the group consisting of Br, C, F, I, CVC6 alkyl, c3_c8 cycloalkyl, alkane 156715.doc • 20·8 201249840 oxy, alkoxyalkyl Wherein the CrC6 alkyl group, the c3-c8 cycloalkyl group, the alkoxy group, the alkoxyalkyl group are optionally subjected to at least one selected from the group consisting of OH, n〇2, CN, Br, a, F, I, CVC6 alkyl and : 3-0: 8 Substituted by a cycloalkyl group. In another embodiment, the compound administered is a compound of formula (1): wherein B is hydrogen and A is selected from the group consisting of Br, Cl, F, I ' (: 丨-(: 6 alkyl, c3-C8 cycloalkyl) , alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, wherein the alkyl group, the C3-C8 cycloalkyl group, the alkoxy group, the alkoxyalkyl group are optionally at least one selected from the group consisting of 〇H, N〇2, CN, Br, Cl , F, I, CVC6 alkyl and (: 3 < 8 ring substituents substituted by the substituent. In a further embodiment card, both A and B are hydrogen. In another embodiment, A and B All selected from the group consisting of Br, Cl, F, I, CVC6 alkyl, qc:8 cycloalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, wherein Cl_c6 alkyl, C3_Cs cycloalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxy The alkyl group is optionally substituted with at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of hydrazine H, N02, CN, Br, C, F, I, CVC6 alkyl and C3-C8 cycloalkyl. In certain embodiments, the invention provides The compound to be administered in the method is a compound of the formula (II) wherein the aryl group is an aryl group. In another embodiment, the aryl group is a phenyl group. In still another embodiment, the phenyl group is selected from at least one selected from the group consisting of Br and C. 1 or J is replaced by Re. In one embodiment, R0 is F. In a real In one embodiment, the phenyl group is substituted with at least one R6 selected from the group consisting of (NRaROCVC alkylene, (NRARB) carbonyl, (nrarb)carbonylalkylene, (nrarb)sulfonyl and (NRaRb)sulfonylalkylene. In one embodiment, the Re system (NRaRb)Ci_C6 alkylene. In another embodiment, the CrC6 alkyl group is selected from the group consisting of an fluorenylene group, an ethylidene group, a propylidene group, an extended isopropyl group, an exobutyl group, and a stretch. Butyl and exemplified by the third-butyl 156715.doc -21 - 201249840. In still another embodiment, the CrC6 alkylene methylene group. In the re-embodiment, the RA & RB are each independently hydrogen, CfC : 6 alkyl or C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl. In one embodiment, the CrC 6 alkyl group is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl and tert-butyl. In one embodiment, 'CrC6 alkyl is an alkyl group. In another embodiment, the group is an ethyl group. In still another embodiment, a C3_C8 cycloalkyl group is a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, a cyclopentyl group, and a cyclohexyl group. In another embodiment, the C3_C8 cycloalkyl is a cyclopropyl group. In still another embodiment, the R6 is a hydroxyalkyl group. In one embodiment, the hydroxyalkyl group is selected from the group consisting of ch2oh, CH2CH2OH, and ch. 2ch2ch2〇h, CH(OH)CH3, CH(〇H)CH2CH3, CH2CH(OH)CH3 and CH2CH2CH2CH2〇H. In another embodiment, the anti-eight and Rb together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form one A 6-membered heterocyclic ring of a hetero atom or a heterofunctional group of -O-, -NH or -N(C丨-C6 alkyl) is selected. In still another embodiment, a 'heterofunctional group-NerC6 alkyl group. In another embodiment, the dQ alkyl group is selected from the group consisting of decyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, and tert-butyl. In still another embodiment, d-Ce Alkyl methyl group. In one embodiment, Y is a heteroaryl group which is optionally substituted with at least one r6. In another consistent embodiment, the 'heteroaryl group is selected from the group consisting of oxime, oxime bite, mouth bite, alpha azine, and imipen. Sitting, thiophene. Sit, isothiazole, pyrazole, triazole, pyrrole, fensole, oxazole, iso. Evil 0 sitting, 1, 2, 4-° evil two sitting, 1,3,4-«> evil two. Sitting, ι, 2, 4-three calls, flowers, this and ° sputum, Ben and Mi 11 sitting, benzo-n-chew, chlorpyrifos, 1,3,5 _ three-call, sputum and sputum , wow, quinolin and isoquinoline. In still another embodiment, the hybrid 156715.doc" 8 201249840 aryl imidazole. In another embodiment, the sodium saliva is selected from the group consisting of decyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, iso Butyl and tert-butyl (: 1 - (: 6 alkyl substituted. In still another embodiment, Cl-(: 6 alkyl fluorenyl. In one embodiment, heteroaryl oxime). In another embodiment, the heteroaryl is sighed. Sitting β is in another embodiment a 'heteroaryl system, 1,3,4-oxadiazole. In another embodiment, the heteroatom is selected from the group consisting of a CrC:6 alkyl group substituted with a group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, an isobutyl group and a third-butyl group. In still another embodiment, a 'CrC6 alkyl group is a methyl group. In another embodiment, z is an aryl group. In another embodiment, the phenyl group is a phenyl group. In still another embodiment, the phenyl group is substituted with at least one R6 selected from the group consisting of Br, Cl, F or I. In an embodiment, the system is F. In still another embodiment, R0 is C1. In one embodiment, the phenyl group is selected from at least one selected from the group consisting of (NRARJCVCe alkylene, (NRaRb) carbonyl, (NRARB) carbonyl alkylene , (NRaRb)sulfonyl and (nraRb)sulfonyl The alkyl group is substituted with r6. In another embodiment, the Re system (NRaRb)Ci_C6 is extended to an alkyl group. In the case of re-permeation red, the 'CrC6 extension base is selected from the group consisting of an anthracene group, an exoethyl group, an exo-propyl group, and a stretch. Isopropyl, n-butyl, exobutyl, and tert-butyl hydrazine. In still another embodiment, the CrC6 alkyl is fluorenylene. In another embodiment, Ra&Rb are each independently hydrogen. , alkyl or c3_c8 cycloalkyl. In a consistent example, the ten' CrC6 alkyl group is selected from the group consisting of decyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl and tert-butyl. In one embodiment, the d. ce alkyl is decyl. In still another embodiment, the hexagram is formed together with the nitrogen to which it is attached, having one selected from the group consisting of -〇_, _nh!_n (Ci_C6 alkyl) a 6-membered heterocyclic ring comprising a hetero atom or a heterofunctional group of 156715.doc -23- 201249840. In another embodiment, the hetero group is a group of (Ci-C6.alkyl). In one embodiment , c"c6 is selected from the group consisting of decyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl and second-butyl. In yet another embodiment, 'Ci-C6 alkyl group In another embodiment, 'R·2 is argon In still another embodiment, R2 is selected from the group consisting of F, C, and I. In another embodiment, the r2 is F 〇 In certain embodiments, the compound A administered in the method of the present invention is hydrogen. A compound of formula (II). In another embodiment, octane (^-〇6 alkyl. In another embodiment, A is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl Base, isobutyl, tert-butyl, n-pentyl and n-hexyl. In still another embodiment, mercapto, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, third - Butyl, n-pentyl and n-hexyl are optionally substituted with hydrazine H, N 〇 2, CN, Br, Cl, F and I. In another embodiment, a is a sulfhydryl group. In still another embodiment, A is selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, Br, and I. In another embodiment, the A is CpC: 8 cycloalkyl. In another embodiment, a is cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl or cyclohexyl. In one embodiment, A is substituted with OH, N〇2 or CN. In one embodiment, the compound B is a compound of formula (II) wherein hydrogen is hydrogen. In another embodiment, the 8 series (: 1-(: 6 alkyl). In another embodiment, B is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl , tri-butyl, n-pentyl and n-hexyl. In still another embodiment, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, positive Amyl and n-hexyl groups are required to pass OH, N〇2, CN, Br, 156715.doc -24- 8 201249840
Cl、F及I取代。在另一實施例中,B係曱基。在再一實施 例中,B選自F、Cl、Br及I。在另一實施例中,b係c3-C8 環烷基。在另一實施例中’ B係環丙基、環丁基、環戊基 或環己基。在一實施例中’ A經〇H、N〇2或CN取代。在另 一實施例中,所投與之化合物係如下式(Π)化合物:其中A 係氫且B選自Br、a、F、I、CVCe烧基、C3-C8環烷基、烷 氧基、烷氧基烷基’其中CrC6烷基、c3-C8環烷基、烷氧 基、烧氧基院基視需要經至少一個選自〇H、N〇2、CN、 Br、Cl、F、I、(VC6院基及(:3-(:8環院基之取代基取代。 在另一實施例中,所投與之化合物係如下式(n)化合物: 其中B係氫且A選自Br、C卜F、I、CVC6烷基、C3-C8環烷 基、烧氧基、烷氧基烷基’其中Cl_c6烷基、C3-C8環烷 基、烷氧基、烷氧基烷基視需要經至少一個選自〇H、 N02、CN、Bi·、CM、F、I、CVCe院基及(:3-(:8環烧基之取 代基取代。在再一實施例中’ A及B二者均為氫。在另一 實知•例中’ A及B二者均選自Br、Cl、F、I、C!-C6烧基、 Cs-c:8環烷基、烷氧基、烷氧基烷基,其中Ci_C6烷基、 C8環烷基、烷氧基' 烷氧基烷基視需要經至少一個選自 OH、N02、CN、Br、CM、F、I、Cl_C6院基及 C3_C8環烷基 之取代基取代。 在某些實施例中,本發明所提供方法中所投與之化合物 係選自以下之化合物: 156715.doc •25- 201249840 s、Cl, F and I are substituted. In another embodiment, the B is a sulfhydryl group. In still another embodiment, B is selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, Br, and I. In another embodiment, b is a c3-C8 cycloalkyl group. In another embodiment 'B is a cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl or cyclohexyl group. In one embodiment, 'A is substituted with 〇H, N〇2 or CN. In another embodiment, the compound administered is a compound of the formula (A) wherein A is hydrogen and B is selected from the group consisting of Br, a, F, I, CVCe alkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, alkoxy Alkoxyalkyl group wherein the CrC6 alkyl group, the c3-C8 cycloalkyl group, the alkoxy group, the alkoxy group is at least one selected from the group consisting of 〇H, N〇2, CN, Br, Cl, F, I. (VC6-based and (: 3-(: 8-ring-based substituent substitution). In another embodiment, the compound to be administered is a compound of the following formula (n): wherein B is hydrogen and A is selected from Br, C, F, I, CVC6 alkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl' wherein Cl_c6 alkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl If necessary, at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of 〇H, N02, CN, Bi·, CM, F, I, CVCe and (: 3-(:8 cycloalkyl) substituent. In still another embodiment 'A And B are both hydrogen. In another embodiment, 'A and B are both selected from the group consisting of Br, Cl, F, I, C!-C6 alkyl, Cs-c: 8 cycloalkyl, alkane An oxy, alkoxyalkyl group, wherein Ci_C6 alkyl, C8 cycloalkyl, alkoxy 'alkoxyalkyl is required to pass at least one Substituted from substituents of OH, N02, CN, Br, CM, F, I, Cl_C6, and C3_C8 cycloalkyl. In certain embodiments, the compounds administered in the methods provided herein are selected from the following Compound: 156715.doc •25- 201249840 s,
或其醫藥上可接受之鹽、溶劑合物或前藥。 在某些實施例中,本發明所提供方法中所投與之化合物 係選自以下之化合物·· 156715.doc -26 201249840Or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof. In certain embodiments, the compound administered in the methods provided herein is selected from the group consisting of: 156715.doc -26 201249840
或其醫藥上可接受之鹽、溶劑合物或前藥。 在某些實施例中,本發明所提供方法中所投與之化合物 係選自以下之化合物: 156715.doc -27· 201249840Or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof. In certain embodiments, the compound administered in the methods provided herein is selected from the group consisting of: 156715.doc -27· 201249840
或其醫藥上可接受之鹽、溶劑合物或前藥。 在某些實施例中,本發明所提供方法中所投與之化合物 係選自以下之化合物: 156715.doc 28- ⑧ 201249840Or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof. In certain embodiments, the compound administered in the methods provided herein is selected from the group consisting of: 156715.doc 28- 8 201249840
或其醫藥上可接受之鹽、溶劑合物或前藥。 在某些實施例中’本發明所提供方法中所投與 係選自以下之化合物: ' &物 (8S,9R)-5-氟-9-(1-甲基-1H_ 咪唑 _2_ 基)8·苯基·8 9 _ 氫-2Η-"比啶并[4,3,2-de]呔畊-3(7Η)-酮, (8R,9S)-5-氟-9-(1-甲基-1Η-咪唑-2-基)_8-苯基 _8,9·二 氫-2Η-β比咬并[4,3,2-de]吹哨· -3(7H)-酮’ (8S,9R)-5 - It - 8- (4 -氟苯基)-9-(1-曱基-1H -咪。坐-2· 基)-8,9-二氫-2H-°比唆并[4,3,2-de]吹呼-3(7H)-酿1, (8R,9S)-5-氟-8-(4-氟苯基)-9-(1-曱基-1H-咪唑-2-基) -8,9-二氫-2H·吡啶并[4,3,2-de]呔畊-3(7H)-酮, (8S,9R)-8-(4-氟笨基)-9-(1-曱基-1H-咪唑-2-基)-8,9-二 氫-2H-°比啶并[4,3,2-de]呔畊-3(7H)-酮, (8R,9S)-8-(4-氟笨基)-9-(1-曱基-1H-咪唑-2-基)-8,9-二 氫-2H-吡啶并[4,3,2-de]呔畊-3(7H)-酮, 156715.doc •29· 201249840 (8S,9R)-5-氟-Ml-甲基-1H-1,2,4-三唑-5-基)·8-苯基-8’9- 二氫-2H-。比啶并[4,3,2-de]呔畊-3(7H)-酮, (8R,9S)-5-氟-9-(1-甲基-1H-1,2,4-三唑-5-基)-8-苯基-8,9- 二氫-2H-。比啶并[4,3,2-de]呔啡-3(7H)-酮, (8S,9R)-5-氟-8-(4-氟苯基)-9-(1-甲基-1H-1,2,4-三唑-5- 基)-8,9-二氫-2H-吡啶并[4,3’2_de]呔畊-3(7H)-酮, (8R,9S)-5-氟-8-(4-氟苯基)-9-(1-曱基-1H_1,2,4-三唑-5- 基)-8,9-二氫-2H-吡啶并[4,3,2_de]呔畊 _3(7H)_酮, (8S,9R)-8-(4-氟苯基)-9-(1-曱基-1H-1,2,4-三唑 _5- 基)-8,9-二氫-2H-吡啶并[4,3,2-de]呔畊 _3(7H)-酮, (8R,9S)-8_(4-氟苯基)-9-(1-甲基-1H_1,2,4 -二唑_5-基)-8,9-二氫-2H-吡啶并[4,3,2-de]呔畊 _3(7H)_酮, (8S,9R)-5-氟-8-(4-氟苯基)-9-(1-甲基-1H-1,2,4-三唑 _5· 基)-8,9-二氫-2H-吡啶并[4,3,2_de]呔畊-3(7H)_酮’ (8R,9S)-5-氟-8-(4-氟苯基)-9-(1-曱基-1H-1,2,4-三唑-5- 基)-8,9-二氫-2H-吡啶并[4,3,2-de]呔畊-3(7H)-酮’ (8S,9R)-8-(4-((二甲基胺基)曱基)苯基)_5_氟_9-(1-甲基 -1H-1,2,4-三唑-5-基)-8,9-二氩-2H-吡啶并[4,3,2-de]呔畊 -3(7H)-酮,及 (8R,9S)-8-(4-((二甲基胺基)甲基)苯基)-5_氟_9_(1_曱基 -1H-1,2,4-三唑-5-基)-8,9-二氫-2H-吡啶并 -3(7H)-酮, 或其醫藥上可接受之鹽、溶劑合物或前藥。 156715.doc -30- ⑧ 201249840 ’本發明所提供方法 在某些實施例中 具有下式: 中所投與之化合物Or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof. In certain embodiments, the compounds administered in the methods provided herein are selected from the group consisting of: & (8S,9R)-5-fluoro-9-(1-methyl-1H-imidazole_2-yl 8·Phenyl·8 9 _hydrogen-2Η-"bipyridyl[4,3,2-de]呔耕-3(7Η)-one, (8R,9S)-5-fluoro-9-( 1-methyl-1Η-imidazol-2-yl)_8-phenyl_8,9·dihydro-2Η-β ratio bite [4,3,2-de] whistle ·-3(7H)-one '(8S,9R)-5 - It - 8-(4-Fluorophenyl)-9-(1-mercapto-1H-methane. Sodium-2.yl)-8,9-dihydro-2H-°比唆[4,3,2-de]Blowing-3(7H)- Stuffing 1, (8R,9S)-5-Fluoro-8-(4-fluorophenyl)-9-(1-indenyl -1H-imidazol-2-yl)-8,9-dihydro-2H.pyrido[4,3,2-de]indole-3(7H)-one, (8S,9R)-8-(4 -fluorophenyl)-9-(1-mercapto-1H-imidazol-2-yl)-8,9-dihydro-2H-° than pyridine[4,3,2-de]呔耕-3 ( 7H)-keto, (8R,9S)-8-(4-fluorophenyl)-9-(1-indolyl-1H-imidazol-2-yl)-8,9-dihydro-2H-pyrido[ 4,3,2-de]呔耕-3(7H)-ketone, 156715.doc •29· 201249840 (8S,9R)-5-fluoro-Ml-methyl-1H-1,2,4-triazole -5-yl)·8-phenyl-8'9-dihydro-2H-. Bis-[4,3,2-de]呔耕-3(7H)-one, (8R,9S)-5-fluoro-9-(1-methyl-1H-1,2,4-triazole -5-yl)-8-phenyl-8,9-dihydro-2H-. Bis-[4,3,2-de] morphine-3(7H)-one, (8S,9R)-5-fluoro-8-(4-fluorophenyl)-9-(1-methyl- 1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-yl)-8,9-dihydro-2H-pyrido[4,3'2_de]indole-3(7H)-one, (8R,9S)- 5-fluoro-8-(4-fluorophenyl)-9-(1-indolyl-1H_1,2,4-triazol-5-yl)-8,9-dihydro-2H-pyrido[4, 3,2_de]呔耕_3(7H)-ketone, (8S,9R)-8-(4-fluorophenyl)-9-(1-mercapto-1H-1,2,4-triazole_5 -yl)-8,9-dihydro-2H-pyrido[4,3,2-de]indole_3(7H)-one, (8R,9S)-8_(4-fluorophenyl)-9 -(1-methyl-1H_1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)-8,9-dihydro-2H-pyrido[4,3,2-de]indole_3(7H)-one , (8S,9R)-5-fluoro-8-(4-fluorophenyl)-9-(1-methyl-1H-1,2,4-triazole_5.yl)-8,9-di Hydrogen-2H-pyrido[4,3,2_de]呔耕-3(7H)-ketone' (8R,9S)-5-fluoro-8-(4-fluorophenyl)-9-(1-indenyl) -1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-yl)-8,9-dihydro-2H-pyrido[4,3,2-de]indole-3(7H)-one' (8S, 9R)-8-(4-((Dimethylamino)indolyl)phenyl)_5_fluoro_9-(1-methyl-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-yl)- 8,9-Di-argon-2H-pyrido[4,3,2-de]indole-3(7H)-one, and (8R,9S)-8-(4-((dimethylamino)) methyl) -5_fluoro_9_(1_mercapto-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-yl)-8,9-dihydro-2H-pyrido-3(7H)-one, or A pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof. 156715.doc -30- 8 201249840 'The method provided by the invention In certain embodiments having the formula:
Η (化合物I) 或其醫藥上可接受之鹽。 在某些實施财,本發明所提供方法中所投與之化合物 氟苯基)冬(1•甲基_ιΗ],24·三唾_5基Η,)·二 風-2Η-吨唆并[4,3,2_de]吹_ _3(7Η)_㈣化合物 上可接受之鹽。 丹酋锻 在某些實施例中,本發明所提供方法中所投與之化合物 選自由以下紐成之群·· 口坐·5. 口坐-5. (8S,9R)-5_ 氟-8·(4_ 氣苯基)冬(1-甲基-1Η-1,2,4-基)-8,9'二氫·2Η-° 比咬并 K3,2-de]吹口井-3(7Η)-酮, (8R’9S)_5-氟+(4-氟苯基)-9-(1-曱基-1Η·1,2,4-)’ 氫-2Η-。比咬并[4,3,2-de]吹喷-3(7Η)-酿|, 或其醫藥上可接受之鹽、溶劑合物或前藥。 ^在某些實施例中,本發明所提供方法中所投與之化合杉 係(8S’9R)·5·氟 _8-(4-氟苯基)-9-(1-甲基-1Η·1,2,4-三唑-5 基)8’9-一氡-2Η-吨啶并[4,3,2-de]呔喷-3(7Η)-酮,或其| 藥上可接受之鹽、溶劑合物或前藥。 竿在匕大& _/ 〃二具呢例中’設想在本發明所提供方法中投與之{ 156715.doc -31- 201249840 合物揭示於國際專利公開案第WO 2010/017055 A2號中, 該案之全部内容以引用方式併入本申請案中。其他化合物 揭示於國際專利公開案第WO 2010/017055 A2號中。 治療方法 本發明提供治療癌症之方法,其包含向需要治療之個體 投與治療有效量之為PARP活性調節劑的化合物。在某些 實施例中’該等方法包含向需要治療之個體投與治療有效 量之PARP抑制劑,例如,式⑴或(η)化合物。在某些實施 例中,癌症係白血病。在某些實施例中,癌症係骨髓發育 不良症候群(MDS)或急性骨髓性白血病(Aml)。在某些實 施例中,個體係MDS或AML患者。在某些實施例中,癌症 係 AML。 因此,在一態樣中,本發明闡述治療骨髓發育不良症候 群(MDS)或急性骨髓性白血病(AML)患者之MDS或AML的 方法’其包含向MDS或AML患者投與治療有效量之式(J)化 合物。在某些實施例中’本發明闡述治療急性骨髓性白血 病(AML)患者之AML的方法,其包含向AML患者投與治療 有效量之式⑴化合物。 在一實施例中,式(I)或(π)化合物用於治療MDS4AML 患者之MDS或AML,或用以製備用於治患者 之MDS或AML的藥劑。在一實施例中,式⑴或(11)化合物 用於治療AML患者之AML,或用以製備用於治療AML患者 之AML的藥劑。 因此,又一態樣係治療同源重組(HR)依賴性DNA雙鏈斷 156715.doc .32- ⑧ 201249840 裂(DSB)修復路徑缺陷之癌症的方法,其包含向需要治療 之個體投與治療有效量之PARP抑制劑,例如,式(I)或(II) 化合物。 在一實施例中,式(I)或(II)化合物用於治療HR依賴性 DNA DSB修復活性缺陷之癌症,或用以製備用於治療該癌 症之藥劑。 在一實施例中,癌症包含一或多個藉由HR修復DNA DSB之能力相對於正常細胞降低或消失之癌細胞。在另一 實施例中,個體係編碼HR依賴性DNA DSB修復路徑之組 成部分的基因突變之雜合體。在一實施例中,癌症係白血 病。在一實施例中,癌症係急性骨髓性白血病(AML)。在 另一實施例中,癌症係骨髓發育不良症候群(MDS)。在另 一實施例中,治療進一步包含投與電離輻射或化學治療 劑。 HR依賴性DNA DSB修復路徑經由同源機制修復DNA中 之雙鏈斷裂(DSB)以重新形成連續的DNA螺旋。HR依賴性 DNA DSB修復路徑之組成部分包括但不限於ATM (NM_000051)、ATR (NM_001184)、CTIP (NM—002894)、 BLM (NM_000057)、RAD51 (NM_002875)、RAD51L1 (NM_ 002877) 、RAD51C (NM 一 002876) 、RAD51L3 (NM_ 002878) 、 DMC1 (NM_007068) 、 XRCC2 (NM_ 005431) 、 XRCC3 (NM_005432) 、 RAD52 (NM_ _002879) 、RAD54L (NM一003579) 、RAD54B (NM_012415) 、 BRCA1 (NM_007295) 、 BRCA2 I56715.doc 33- 201249840Η (Compound I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some implementations, the compound administered by the method of the present invention is fluorophenyl) winter (1·methyl_ιΗ), 24·three-salt-5, and diter-2Η-ton [4,3,2_de] Blowing _ _3 (7 Η) _ (iv) Compound acceptable salts. In some embodiments, the compound administered in the method provided by the present invention is selected from the group consisting of the following: a group of mouths. 5. Sit. 5. (8S, 9R)-5_ Fluorine-8 · (4_ gas phenyl) winter (1-methyl-1Η-1,2,4-yl)-8,9' dihydro·2Η-° than bite and K3,2-de] Blowing well-3 (7Η )-ketone, (8R'9S)_5-fluoro+(4-fluorophenyl)-9-(1-indolyl-1Η·1,2,4-)'hydro-2Η-. Blowing [4,3,2-de] blown-3(7Η)-grinding|, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof. ^ In certain embodiments, the compound of the genus Sylvestre (8S'9R)·5·fluoro-8-(4-fluorophenyl)-9-(1-methyl-1Η) administered in the method provided by the present invention · 1,2,4-triazol-5-yl)8'9-indol-2-indene-tonidine [4,3,2-de]indole-3(7Η)-one, or its drug Accepted salts, solvates or prodrugs.竿 匕 匕 & amp 设想 设想 设想 设想 设想 设想 设想 设想 设想 设想 设想 设想 设想 设想 设想 设想 设想 设想 设想 156 156 156 156 156 156 156 156 156 156 156 156 156 156 156 156 156 156 156 156 156 156 156 156 156 156 156 156 156 156 156 156 156 156 156 156 The entire contents of this application are incorporated herein by reference. Other compounds are disclosed in International Patent Publication No. WO 2010/017055 A2. Methods of Treatment The present invention provides a method of treating cancer comprising administering to a subject in need of treatment a therapeutically effective amount of a compound which is a modulator of PARP activity. In certain embodiments, the methods comprise administering to a subject in need of treatment a therapeutically effective amount of a PARP inhibitor, for example, a compound of formula (1) or (η). In certain embodiments, the cancer is leukemia. In certain embodiments, the cancer is myelodysplastic syndrome (MDS) or acute myeloid leukemia (Aml). In some embodiments, a system of MDS or AML patients. In certain embodiments, the cancer is AML. Thus, in one aspect, the invention features a method of treating MDS or AML in a patient with myelodysplastic syndrome (MDS) or acute myeloid leukemia (AML), which comprises administering a therapeutically effective amount to a patient with MDS or AML ( J) Compound. In certain embodiments, the invention features a method of treating AML in a patient with acute myeloid leukemia (AML) comprising administering to a patient having a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of formula (1). In one embodiment, a compound of formula (I) or (π) is used to treat MDS or AML in a patient with MDS4 AML, or to prepare an agent for treating MDS or AML in a patient. In one embodiment, a compound of formula (1) or (11) is used to treat AML in an AML patient, or to prepare an agent for treating AML in an AML patient. Thus, yet another aspect is a method of treating a homologous recombination (HR)-dependent DNA double-strand break 156715.doc .32-8 201249840 split (DSB) repair path-defective cancer comprising administering to a subject in need of treatment An effective amount of a PARP inhibitor, for example, a compound of formula (I) or (II). In one embodiment, the compound of formula (I) or (II) is used to treat a cancer deficient in HR dependent DNA DSB repair activity, or to prepare an agent for treating the cancer. In one embodiment, the cancer comprises one or more cancer cells that have reduced or lost ability to repair DNA DSB by HR relative to normal cells. In another embodiment, the system encodes a heterozygous mutant of a gene that is part of the HR dependent DNA DSB repair pathway. In one embodiment, the cancer is leukemia. In one embodiment, the cancer is acute myeloid leukemia (AML). In another embodiment, the cancer is myelodysplastic syndrome (MDS). In another embodiment, the treatment further comprises administering ionizing radiation or a chemotherapeutic agent. The HR-dependent DNA DSB repair pathway repairs double-strand breaks (DSB) in DNA via a homologous mechanism to reform a continuous DNA helix. Components of the HR-dependent DNA DSB repair path include, but are not limited to, ATM (NM_000051), ATR (NM_001184), CTIP (NM-002894), BLM (NM_000057), RAD51 (NM_002875), RAD51L1 (NM_ 002877), RAD51C (NM) 002876), RAD51L3 (NM_ 002878), DMC1 (NM_007068), XRCC2 (NM_ 005431), XRCC3 (NM_005432), RAD52 (NM_ _002879), RAD54L (NM_003579), RAD54B (NM_012415), BRCA1 (NM_007295), BRCA2 I56715.doc 33- 201249840
(NM_000059) 、 RAD50 (NM—005732) 、 MRE11A (NM—005590)及 NBS1 (NM_002485)» 參與 HR 依賴性 DNA DSB修復路徑之其他蛋白質包括諸如EMSY等調節因子。 HR組成部分亦闡述於Wood等人,Science,291,1284-1289 (2001)中,其該部分揭示内容以引用方式併入本文中。K. K. Khanna 及 S. P. Jackson,Nat. Gewei. 27(3): 247-254 (2001);及 Hughes-Davies等人,Cell,115,第 523-535 頁之 該部分揭示内容亦以引用方式併入本文中。 在一些實施例中,HR依賴性DNA DSB修復缺陷之癌症 包括一或多個經由該路徑修復DNA DSB之能力相對於正常 細胞降低或消失之癌細胞,亦即HR依賴性DNA DSB修復 路徑之活性在該一或多個癌細胞中降低或消失。 在某些實施例中,在患有HR依賴性DNA DSB修復缺陷 之癌症之個體的一或多個癌細胞中,HR依賴性DNA DSB 修復路徑之一或多種組成部分的活性消失。HR依賴性 DNA DSB修復路徑之組成部分包括上文列示之組成部分。 再一態樣係治療DNA錯配修復(MMR)缺陷之癌症的方 法,其包含向需要治療之個體投與治療有效量之PARP抑 制劑,例如,式(I)或(II)化合物。 在一實施例中,式(I)或(II)化合物用於治療MMR缺陷之 癌症,或用以製備用於治療MMR缺陷之癌症的藥劑,該 癌症在HR依賴性DNA DSB修復活性方面具有缺陷》 DNA錯配修復(MMR)系統之主要功能係消除DNA複製期 間可能產生之單鹼基錯配及插入-缺失環。插入-缺失環由 156715.doc -34- ⑧ 201249840 微衛星序列内短重複單位之增加或失去引起,其亦稱為微 衛星不穩定性(MSI)。需要至少六種不同的MMR蛋白質。 對於錯配鑑別,MSH2蛋白質端視待修復損傷之類型而與 MSH6或MSH3形成異二聚體(MSH6為校正單鹼基錯誤配對 所需,而MSH3及MSH6二者可促成插入-缺失環之校正)。 MLH1與PMS2之異二聚體協調錯配鑑別複合物與MMR所需 其他蛋白質間之相互作用。該等其他蛋白質可包括(至少) 外切核酸酶1 (EX01)、(可能)解旋酶、增殖細胞核抗原 (PCNA)、單鏈DNA結合蛋白(RPA)及DNA聚合酶δ及ε。除 PMS2以外,MLH1亦可與兩種其他蛋白質MLH3及PMS1發 生異二聚化。最新觀察表明,PMS2為校正單鹼基錯配所 需,而PMS2及MLH3二者可促成插入-缺失環之校正。已 知人類MMR蛋白之為除MMR以外的功能所需之其他同源 物。該等蛋白質包括為減數分裂(及可能有絲分裂)重組所 需但推定未參與MMR之MSH4及MSH5。 人類MMR基因之種系突變使得易感遺傳性非息肉病性 結腸癌(HNPCC),該癌症係人類最常見之癌症症候群中之 一者。在早年診斷出來且以常染色體顯性特質遺傳之過度 結腸癌及界定之結腸外癌症譜構成該症候群之臨床定義。 MSI係HNPCC之標誌,其發生於約15%至25%的結腸直腸 以及其他器官之散發性腫瘤中。根據國際標準’將高程度 MSI(MSI-高)定義為五個基因座中兩個或兩個以上基因座 或所研究之所有微衛星基因座中0%至40%的基因座呈現 不穩定性’而較少基因座呈現不穩定性稱為MSI-低(MSI- 156715.doc • 35· 201249840 低)。在非HNPCC癌症(例如,乳癌、前列腺癌及肺癌) 中,MSI以相當大比例(佔腫瘤之2%至50%)發生。基於不 穩定標記物之比例,可以與HNPCC癌症類似之方式在該等 癌症中區分種類MSS、MSI-L及MSI-H。一實施例係治療 錯配DNA修復路徑缺陷之癌症的方法。另一實施例係治療 由於DNA修復路徑減少或受損而展示微衛星不穩定性之癌 症的方法。另一實施例係治療由於DNA修復路徑減少或受 損而展示基因組不穩定性之癌症的方法。 亦已在小鼠及人類系統中證實細胞核PTEN在保持染色 體穩定性方面之作用(Shen等人,Cell 128:157-170 (2007))。首先,PTEN與著絲粒相互作用並保持其穩定 性。據信,PTEN經由其C2結構域來實施該事件,此乃因 不含該C2結構域之突變型PTEN會喪失與著絲粒相互作用 之能力。其次,PTEN可能為DNA修復所必需,此乃因喪 失PTEN會導致高頻率之雙鏈斷裂。PTEN經由調節Rad51 來影響雙鏈斷裂,Rad5 1係DNA雙鏈斷裂之同源重組修復 的關鍵組成部分。亦已證實,PTEN在細胞核中以物理方 式與著絲粒之整體組成部分連結,其破壞會導致著絲粒斷 裂及大範圍染色體畸變(Shen等人,Cell 128: 157-170 (2007))。 與上文所述之HR依賴性DNA DSB修復及MMR修復路徑 以及其他DNA修復路徑(例如鹼基切除修復(BER)及核苷酸 切除修復(NER)路徑)有關之人類DNA修復基因之列表揭示 於(例如)Wood 等人,Science,291,1294 (2001)中,且更新 156715.doc -36- ⑧ 201249840 於 Wood等人,Mutation Res.,577,275 (2005)中,各文獻 之全部内容皆以引用方式併入本文中。該等DNA修復基因 之蛋白質產物之蛋白質序列將為熟習此項技術者所習知, 且揭示於公開獲得之數據庫中,例如,GenPept、 RefSeq、Swiss_Prot、PIR、PRF及 PDB,例如彼等可參見 國家生物技術資訊中心(National Center for Biotechnology Information) (NCBI)之網站(參見 www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov) 者。 在某些實施例中,患者之惡性細胞DNA在微衛星中展示 微衛星不穩定性(MSI),其中MSI在本申請案之定義部分予 以解釋。在某些實施例中,患者之惡性細胞DNA在至少兩 個微衛星中展示MSI。 展示MSI之微衛星可包括(例如)彼等熟習此項技術者所 習知之任何微衛星。該等微衛星可包括(例如)美國專利第 6,150,100號及美國專利公開案第2009/03 178 15號中鑑別之 微衛星,出於所有目的,各案件之全部内容皆以引用方式 併入本文中。在某些實施例中,展示MSI之微衛星係 NR21、NR22、NR24、Bat25、Bat26、Mono27 及 / 或 DNA 修復基因 CTiP、Mrell ' ATM、Rad50、Chkl、BLM、 PTEN、ATM及ATR中之如本發明所述之微衛星。在某些實 施例中,微衛星係NR21、NR22、Bat25、Bat26、Mono27 或DNA修復基因CTiP、Mrell及ATM中之如本發明所述之 微衛星。 在某些情形下,與癌症有關之突變及多態性係在核酸層 156715.doc -37- 201249840 面藉由檢測變異核酸序列之存在或在蛋白質層面藉由檢測 變異(亦即,突變或等位基因變異)多肽之存在來進行檢 測。 在某些實施例中,該等方法包含向需要治療之個體投與 治療有效量之式⑴及式(II)化合物與電離輻射、一或多種 化學治療劑或其組合。 某些實施例提供增強公認需要MDS或AML細胞毒性癌症 療法之個體之該治療的方法,其包含向該個體投與治療上 可接受量之式(I)或(II)化合物或其治療上可接受之鹽。 在一些實施例中,本發明提供治療MDS或AML之方法, 其包含向需要治療之個體投與治療有效量之式⑴或(Π)化 合物與電離輻射或一或多種化學治療劑之組合。在一些實 施例中,個體係MDS或AML患者。在一些實施例中,同時 投與本發明所述化合物與電離輻射或一或多種化學治療 劑。在其他實施例中,依序投與本發明所述化合物與電離 輻射或一或多種化學治療劑。 在某些實施例中,一或多種化學治療劑選自阿來組單抗 (alemtuzumab)、三氧化二珅、天門冬醢胺酶(聚乙二醇化 或非聚乙二醇化)、貝伐單抗(bevacizumab)、西土西單抗 (cetuximab)、基於銘之化合物(例如順錄(cisplatin))、克拉 屈濱(cladribine)、柔紅黴素(daunorubicin)/多柔比星 (doxorubicin)/ 伊達比星(idarubicin)、依立替康 (irinotecan)、敗達拉濱(Hudarabine)、5-氣尿鳴 α定(5-fluorouracil)、吉妥單抗(gemtuzumab)、胺曱蝶吟 156715.doc -38 - ⑧ 201249840 (methotrexate)、紫杉醇(paclitaxel)、紫杉紛 ®(Taxol®)、 替莫0坐胺(temozolomide)、硫鳥嗓吟(thioguanine)、及包括 以下之藥物種類:激素(抗雌激素、抗雄激素、或促性腺 激素釋放激素類似物)、干擾素(例如,α干擾素)、氮芥 (nitrogen mustard)(例如,白消安(busulfan)、美法余 (melphalan)或 It 芥(mechlorethamine))、類視色素(例如, 維A酸(tretinoin))、拓撲異構酶抑制劑(例如,依立替康或 拓撲替康(topotecan))、胳胺酸激酶抑制劑(例如,吉非替 尼(gefinitinib)或伊馬替尼(imatinib))、及治療由該療法誘 導之體徵或症狀的藥劑(包括別嘌吟醇(allopurinol)、非格 司亭(filgrastim)、格拉司瓊(granisetron)/昂丹司壤 (ondansetron)/帕洛諾司瓊(palonosetron)、及屈大麻紛 (dronabinol)) 〇 在某些實施例中,一或多種化學治療劑選自:烷基化 劑,例如曱磺酸甲酯(MMS)、替莫唑胺及達卡巴嗪 (dacarbazine) (DTIC);拓撲異構酶-1抑制劑,例如拓撲替 康、依立替康、魯比替康(Rubitecan)、依克沙替康 (Exatecan)、 勒托替康(Lurtotecan)、 吉馬替康 (Gimetecan)、雙氣莫替康(Diflomotecan)(曱石夕烧基高喜樹 驗(homocamptothecin))、7-取代非基喜樹驗(7-substituted non-silatecan)、7-曱石夕炫基喜樹驗(7-silyl camptothecin)及 BNP 1350 ;非喜樹鹼拓撲異構酶-I抑制劑(例如吲哚咔 唑);及雙重拓撲異構酶-I及II抑制劑(例如苯并吩嗪、XR 11576/]^1^ 5 76及苯并吡啶并叫丨哚)。 156715.doc -39- 201249840 鑑別可能對治療有反應之MDS或AML患者的方法 在一態樣中’本發明提供鑑別MDS或AML患者中具有 MSI之惡性細胞的方法’其包含分析患者惡性細胞dna之 一或多個微衛星中之MSI ’其中在患者惡性細胞DNA之至 少一個微衛星中存在MSI即將患者鑑別為可能對式j或 合物療法敏感。 在某些實施例中,式I或II化合物係5-氟-8-(4-氟苯基)_9_ (1-曱基-1H-1,2,4-三《坐-5-基)-8,9-二氫-2H- °比。定并[4,3,2- de]呔畊-3(7H)-酮或其立體異構體。 在某些實施例中’該等方法包含分析患者惡性細胞DNA 的至少一個微衛星中之MSI。在某些實施例中,該等方法 包含分析患者惡性細胞DNA之至少兩個微衛星中之MSI。 在某些實施例中’該等方法包含分析患者惡性細胞DNA之 至少三個微衛星中之MSI。 如本申請案之定義部分中所闡釋,MSI包含患者惡性細 胞DNA之微衛星中之一或多個鹼基對的插入或缺失。因 此,在某些實施例中’ MSI包含患者惡性細胞dna之微衛 星中之一或多個缺失驗基對、兩個或兩個以上缺失驗基 對、或三個或更多個缺失鹼基對。 如本申請案之定義部分中進一步所闡釋,低級MSI (MSI-低)定義為在微衛星中具有1個鹼基對(bp)缺失或插 入;中級MSI (MSI-中)定義為在微衛星中具有a個bp缺失 或插入,南級MSI(MSI -向)疋義為在微衛星中具有23個bp 缺失或插入;且MSI穩定(MSI-穩定)定義為在微衛星中沒 156715.doc ·40· ⑧ 201249840 有缺失或插入。因此,在某些實施例中,MSI可為MSI-低。在其他實施例中,MSI可為MSI-中。在其他實施例 中,MSI可為MSI-高。 本發明所揭示方法設想,僅在患者基因組DNA之一個微 衛星中存在低-、中-或高級MSI即將患者鑑別為可能對式I 或II化合物療法有反應。然而,在患者DNA之其他微衛星 中存在MSI(低-、中-或高-)亦可有利於該患者鑑別。因 此,在某些實施例中,在患者惡性細胞DNA之至少一個微 衛星中存在MSI即將患者鑑別為可能對式I或II化合物療法 有反應。在某些實施例中,在患者惡性細胞DNA之至少兩 個微衛星中存在MSI即將患者鑑別為可能對式I或II化合物 療法有反應。在某些實施例中,在患者惡性細胞DNA之至 少三個微衛星中存在MSI即將患者鑑別為可能對式I或II化 合物療法有反應。 可使用彼等熟習此項技術者熟知之方法來評價惡性細胞 DNA中微衛星内之MSI的存在或缺乏。舉例而言,使用一 組標記物來分析5個近單態單核苷酸微衛星基因座(NR2 1、 NR24、Bat25、Bat26及Mono27)之螢光多重分析可購自 Promega公司(Madison,WI)。亦參見例如Nardon等人, Diagn· Mol. Pathol.,19(4),236-242 (2010) ; Bacher等人, Dis. Markers,20 (4-5),237-250 (2004);及美國專利公開 案第 2009/0317815號。 定義 除非另有定義,否則本發明所用之所有技術及科學術語 156715.doc -41 - 201249840 皆具有所主張標的物涉及之標準含義。在本發明中對於一 個術语存在複數種定義時,此部分中之彼等定義優先。在 提及URL或其他此類識別符或位址時,應理解,該等識別 符可改憂且網際網路上之特定資訊可來來往往,但可藉由 搜尋網際網路來發現等效資訊。對其之引用證實了該資訊 之可用性及公眾傳播。 應理解,上文一般闡述及下文詳細闡述僅具例示性及闡 釋性,而非限制所主張之任一標的物。在本申請案中,除 非另外具體說明,否則使用單數包括複數。必須注意,除 非上下文另外明確說明,否則說明書及隨附申請專利範圍 中所用之單數形式「一(a&an)」及「該(the)」均包括複數 個指示物。在本申請案中,除非另有說明,否則使用 「或」意指「及/或」。此外,使用術語「包括 (including)」及其他形式(例如rinclude」、「^^心」及 「included」)不具有限制意義。 除非另有說明,否則使用質譜、NMR、HPLC、蛋白質 化學、生物化學、重組DNA技術及藥理學等習用方法。除 非提供具體定義,否則使用結合分析化學、合成有機化 學、及醫學與藥物化學使用之標準命名法、及其標準實驗 至程序及技術。在某些情形下,化學品合成、化學品分 析、藥物製備、調配、及遞送、及患者治療使用標準技 術。在某些實施例中’重組核酸方法、寡核普酸合成、及 組織培養及轉化(例如電穿孔、脂質轉染)使用標準技術。 在一些實施例中,舉例而言,使用製造商說明書套組或如 156715.doc .42· ⑧ 201249840 常用方法或如本發明所述來實施反應及純化技術。 如本申請案及隨附申請專利範圍通篇所述,下列術語具 有下列含義: 本發明所用之術語「微衛星」意指1-6個DNA鹼基對之 重複序列,且包括業内稱為單序列重複(SSR)、短串聯重 複(STR)、或可變數串聯重複(VNTR)之彼等DNA序列。重 複序列可(例如)由一個、兩個、三個、四個、五個、或六 個核苷酸(分別係單-、二-、三-、四-、五-、及六核苷酸重 複)之序列組成,且可(例如)重複3至100次。參見例如 Eckert等人,Mol Carcinog,48(4),379-388 (2009)。在某些 實施例中,微衛星係單核苷酸重複序列,例如, TTTTTTTTT (SEQ ID N0.1),稱為(T)9 ; TTTTTTTTTTT (SEQ ID ΝΟ·2),稱為(T)n ; TTTTTTTTTTTTTTT (SEQ ID ΝΟ·3),稱為(T)15 ; TTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTT (SEQ ID NO.4),稱為(T)21 ;及 AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA AAAAAA (SEQ ID ΝΟ·5),稱為(A)27。在某些實施例中, 微衛星係二核苷酸重複序列,例如,GTGTGTGTGTGT (SEQ ID NO.6),稱為(GT)6。在某些實施例中,微衛星係 三核苷酸重複序列,例如,CTGCTGCTGCTG (SEQ ID N0.7),稱為(Ctg)4。在某些實施例中,微衛星係四核苷 酉曼重複序列,例如,ACTCACTCACTCACTC (SEQ ID N0.8) ’稱為(ACTC)4。在某些實施例中,微衛星係單態、 或近單態單核苦酸重複(例如,NR21、NR24、Bat25、 156715.doc •43- 201249840(NM_000059), RAD50 (NM-005732), MRE11A (NM-005590), and NBS1 (NM_002485)» Other proteins involved in the HR-dependent DNA DSB repair pathway include regulatory factors such as EMSY. The HR component is also set forth in Wood et al, Science, 291, 1284-1289 (2001), the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference. KK Khanna and SP Jackson, Nat. Gewei. 27(3): 247-254 (2001); and Hughes-Davies et al, Cell, 115, pp. 523-535, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference. in. In some embodiments, a cancer defective in HR-dependent DNA DSB repair comprises one or more cancer cells that have a reduced ability to repair DNA DSB via the pathway relative to normal cells, ie, HR-dependent DNA DSB repair pathway activity Decreased or disappeared in the one or more cancer cells. In certain embodiments, the activity of one or more components of the HR dependent DNA DSB repair pathway disappears in one or more cancer cells of an individual having a cancer deficient in HR dependent DNA DSB repair. HR-Dependent DNA The components of the DSB repair pathway include the components listed above. A further aspect is a method of treating a DNA mismatch repair (MMR) deficient cancer comprising administering to a subject in need of treatment a therapeutically effective amount of a PARP inhibitor, for example, a compound of formula (I) or (II). In one embodiment, the compound of Formula (I) or (II) is used to treat a MMR-deficient cancer, or to prepare an agent for treating a MMR-deficient cancer, the cancer having a defect in HR-dependent DNA DSB repair activity The main function of the DNA Mismatch Repair (MMR) system is to eliminate single base mismatches and insertion-deletion loops that may occur during DNA replication. The insertion-deletion loop is caused by the increase or loss of short repeat units within the microsatellite sequence of 156715.doc -34- 8 201249840, also known as microsatellite instability (MSI). At least six different MMR proteins are required. For mismatch identification, the MSH2 protein side forms a heterodimer with MSH6 or MSH3 depending on the type of damage to be repaired (MSH6 is required for correcting single base mismatches, while MSH3 and MSH6 can contribute to the correction of the insertion-deletion loop ). The heterodimer coordination mismatch between MLH1 and PMS2 identifies the interaction between the complex and other proteins required for MMR. Such other proteins may include (at least) exonuclease 1 (EX01), (possibly) helicase, proliferating cell nuclear antigen (PCNA), single-stranded DNA binding protein (RPA), and DNA polymerase δ and ε. In addition to PMS2, MLH1 is also heterodimerized with two other proteins, MLH3 and PMS1. Recent observations indicate that PMS2 is required for correcting single base mismatches, while both PMS2 and MLH3 can contribute to the correction of the insertion-deletion loop. Human MMR proteins are known to be other homologs required for functions other than MMR. Such proteins include MSH4 and MSH5 which are required for meiotic (and possibly mitotic) recombination but are presumed to be not involved in MMR. Mutations in the human MMR gene make it susceptible to hereditary non-polyposis colon cancer (HNPCC), one of the most common cancer syndromes in humans. Excessive colon cancer, which is diagnosed in the early years and inherited by autosomal dominant traits, and the defined extra-colonial cancer spectrum constitute the clinical definition of this syndrome. MSI is a hallmark of HNPCC that occurs in about 15% to 25% of the colorectal and other organ sporadic tumors. According to international standards, 'high-level MSI (MSI-high) is defined as two or more loci in five loci or 0% to 40% of loci in all microsatellite loci studied are unstable 'And fewer loci exhibit instability called MSI-low (MSI-156715.doc • 35·201249840 low). In non-HNPCC cancers (eg, breast cancer, prostate cancer, and lung cancer), MSI occurs in a significant proportion (2% to 50% of tumors). Based on the ratio of unstable markers, the species MSS, MSI-L and MSI-H can be distinguished in such cancers in a manner similar to HNPCC cancer. One embodiment is a method of treating a cancer that is mismatched by DNA repair path defects. Another embodiment is a method of treating cancers that exhibit microsatellite instability due to reduced or damaged DNA repair pathways. Another embodiment is a method of treating cancer that exhibits genomic instability due to reduced or damaged DNA repair pathways. The role of nuclear PTEN in maintaining chromatin stability has also been demonstrated in mouse and human systems (Shen et al, Cell 128: 157-170 (2007)). First, PTEN interacts with the centromere and maintains its stability. It is believed that PTEN performs this event via its C2 domain because the mutant PTEN that does not contain this C2 domain loses its ability to interact with the centromere. Second, PTEN may be necessary for DNA repair, as loss of PTEN results in high frequency double-strand breaks. PTEN affects double-strand breaks by regulating Rad51, a key component of homologous recombination repair of the Rad5 1 line DNA double-strand break. It has also been demonstrated that PTEN is physically linked to the integral component of the centromere in the nucleus, and its destruction leads to centromere cleavage and extensive chromosomal aberrations (Shen et al., Cell 128: 157-170 (2007)). List of human DNA repair genes associated with HR-dependent DNA DSB repair and MMR repair pathways described above, as well as other DNA repair pathways (eg, base excision repair (BER) and nucleotide excision repair (NER) pathways) In, for example, Wood et al, Science, 291, 1294 (2001), and updated 156715.doc -36-8, 201249840 in Wood et al, Mutation Res., 577, 275 (2005), the entire contents of each document Both are incorporated herein by reference. The protein sequences of the protein products of such DNA repair genes will be known to those skilled in the art and disclosed in publicly available databases, for example, GenPept, RefSeq, Swiss_Prot, PIR, PRF and PDB, for example, see The website of the National Center for Biotechnology Information (NCBI) (see www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov). In certain embodiments, the patient's malignant cellular DNA exhibits microsatellite instability (MSI) in the microsatellite, wherein the MSI is explained in the definitions section of this application. In certain embodiments, the patient's malignant cellular DNA exhibits MSI in at least two microsatellites. Microsatellites displaying MSI may include, for example, any of the microsatellites known to those skilled in the art. The microsatellites may include, for example, the microsatellites identified in U.S. Patent No. 6,150,100 and U.S. Patent Publication No. 2009/03 178, the entire disclosure of each of which is incorporated herein by reference. . In certain embodiments, the MSI microsatellite NR21, NR22, NR24, Bat25, Bat26, Mono27 and/or DNA repair genes CTiP, Mrell 'ATM, Rad50, Chkl, BLM, PTEN, ATM, and ATR are displayed. The microsatellite of the present invention. In certain embodiments, the microsatellite according to the invention is a microsatellite NR21, NR22, Bat25, Bat26, Mono27 or a DNA repair gene CTiP, Mrell and ATM. In some cases, cancer-related mutations and polymorphisms are detected in the nucleic acid layer 156715.doc -37-201249840 by detecting the presence of a variant nucleic acid sequence or by detecting a mutation at the protein level (ie, mutation or etc.) The presence of a polypeptide variant is tested for its presence. In certain embodiments, the methods comprise administering to a subject in need of treatment a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of formula (1) and formula (II) with ionizing radiation, one or more chemotherapeutic agents, or a combination thereof. Certain embodiments provide methods of enhancing such treatment in an individual recognized to require MDS or AML cytotoxic cancer therapy comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically acceptable amount of a compound of formula (I) or (II) or a therapeutically acceptable thereof Accept the salt. In some embodiments, the invention provides a method of treating MDS or AML comprising administering to a subject in need of treatment a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of formula (1) or (Π) in combination with ionizing radiation or one or more chemotherapeutic agents. In some embodiments, a system of MDS or AML patients. In some embodiments, the compounds of the invention are administered simultaneously with ionizing radiation or one or more chemotherapeutic agents. In other embodiments, the compounds of the invention are administered sequentially with ionizing radiation or one or more chemotherapeutic agents. In certain embodiments, the one or more chemotherapeutic agents are selected from the group consisting of alemtuzumab, antimony trioxide, aspartate (pegylated or non-PEGylated), bevacizole Antibiotic (bevacizumab), cetuximab, celebrity-based compounds (eg cisplatin), cladribine, daunorubicin/doxorubicin/Idabi Iriducin, irinotecan, udarabine, 5-fluorouracil, gemtuzumab, apterin - 8 201249840 (methotrexate), paclitaxel, Taxol®, temozolomide, thioguanine, and the following drug classes: hormones (antiestrogens) , antiandrogens, or gonadotropin-releasing hormone analogs), interferons (eg, alpha interferon), nitrogen mustard (eg, busulfan, melphalan, or It mustard) (mechlorethamine)), a retinoid (eg, retinoic acid) (tretinoin)), a topoisomerase inhibitor (eg, irinotecan or topotecan), a tyrosine kinase inhibitor (eg, gefitinib or imatinib) And agents for treating signs or symptoms induced by the therapy (including allopurinol, filgrastim, granisetron/ondansetron/palonos In some embodiments, the one or more chemotherapeutic agents are selected from the group consisting of alkylating agents such as methyl sulfonate (MMS), temozolomide, and dacarbazine. (dacarbazine) (DTIC); topoisomerase-1 inhibitors, such as topotecan, irinotecan, rubiconcan, exatecan, lurtotecan, Gimetecan, Diflomotecan (homocamptothecin), 7-substituted non-silatecan, 7-stone non-silatecan 7-silyl camptothecin and BNP 1350; non-camptothecin topology Isomerase-I inhibitors (such as carbazole); and dual topoisomerase-I and II inhibitors (such as benzophenazine, XR 11576/]^1^ 5 76 and benzopyridinium哚). 156715.doc -39- 201249840 Methods for identifying patients with MDS or AML who may be responsive to treatment In one aspect, the invention provides a method for identifying malignant cells having MSI in a patient with MDS or AML, which comprises analyzing a patient's malignant cell DNA MSI in one or more microsatellites where MSI is present in at least one of the microsatellites of the patient's malignant DNA is to identify the patient as likely to be sensitive to the regimen. In certain embodiments, the compound of Formula I or II is 5-fluoro-8-(4-fluorophenyl)-9-(1-indolyl-1H-1,2,4-tris-s--5-yl)- 8,9-dihydro-2H- ° ratio. And [4,3,2-de]呔耕-3(7H)-one or its stereoisomer. In certain embodiments, the methods comprise analyzing the MSI in at least one microsatellite of the patient's malignant cellular DNA. In certain embodiments, the methods comprise analyzing an MSI in at least two of the microsatellites of the patient's malignant cellular DNA. In certain embodiments, the methods comprise analyzing an MSI in at least three microsatellites of the patient's malignant cellular DNA. As explained in the definitions section of this application, the MSI comprises an insertion or deletion of one or more base pairs in the microsatellite of the patient's malignant DNA. Thus, in certain embodiments the 'MSI comprises one or more deletions in the microsatellite of the patient's malignant cell DNA, two or more deletions, or three or more deletions. Correct. As further explained in the definitions section of this application, low-level MSI (MSI-low) is defined as having 1 base pair (bp) deletion or insertion in the microsatellite; intermediate MSI (MSI-middle) is defined as being in the microsatellite There is a bp deletion or insertion in it, the southern MSI (MSI-direction) is defined as having 23 bp deletions or insertions in the microsatellite; and the MSI stability (MSI-stability) is defined as no 156715.doc in the microsatellite. ·40· 8 201249840 There are missing or inserted. Thus, in some embodiments, the MSI can be MSI-low. In other embodiments, the MSI can be in MSI-. In other embodiments, the MSI can be MSI-High. The methods disclosed herein contemplate that the presence of low-, medium-, or high-grade MSI in only one microsatellite of a patient's genomic DNA is to identify the patient as likely to respond to a compound of formula I or II therapy. However, the presence of MSI (low-, medium-, or high-) in other microsatellites of patient DNA may also facilitate identification in this patient. Thus, in certain embodiments, the presence of MSI in at least one of the microsatellites of the patient's malignant DNA is to identify the patient as likely to respond to the therapy of the compound of Formula I or II. In certain embodiments, the presence of MSI in at least two of the microsatellites of the patient's malignant DNA is to identify the patient as likely to respond to the compound therapy of Formula I or II. In certain embodiments, the presence of MSI in at least three microsatellites of the patient's malignant DNA is to identify the patient as likely to respond to the Formula I or II compound therapy. The presence or absence of MSI in the microsatellites in malignant cellular DNA can be assessed using methods well known to those skilled in the art. For example, fluorescence multiplex analysis using five sets of markers to analyze five near-single-state single-nucleotide microsatellite loci (NR2 1, NR24, Bat25, Bat26, and Mono27) is available from Promega (Madison, WI) ). See also, for example, Nardon et al, Diagn. Mol. Pathol., 19(4), 236-242 (2010); Bacher et al, Dis. Markers, 20 (4-5), 237-250 (2004); Patent Publication No. 2009/0317815. Definitions Unless otherwise defined, all technical and scientific terms used in the present invention 156715.doc -41 - 201249840 have the standard meanings of the claimed subject matter. In the present invention, when there are a plurality of definitions for a term, the definitions in this section take precedence. When referring to URLs or other such identifiers or addresses, it should be understood that such identifiers can be changed and specific information on the Internet can come and go, but the equivalent information can be found by searching the Internet. References to this confirm the availability of the information and public communication. It is to be understood that the foregoing general description, In the present application, the use of the singular includes the plural unless otherwise specified. It must be noted that the singular forms "a", "a", "the" and "the" In this application, the use of "or" means "and/or" unless otherwise stated. In addition, the use of the terms "including" and other forms (such as "rinclude", "^^心" and "included") is not limiting. Unless otherwise stated, conventional methods such as mass spectrometry, NMR, HPLC, protein chemistry, biochemistry, recombinant DNA techniques, and pharmacology are used. Unless otherwise specified, standard nomenclature using analytical chemistry, synthetic organic chemistry, and medical and pharmaceutical chemistry, and its standard experiments to procedures and techniques are used. In some cases, standard techniques are used for chemical synthesis, chemical analysis, pharmaceutical preparation, formulation, and delivery, and patient treatment. In certain embodiments, 'recombinant nucleic acid methods, oligonucleotide synthesis, and tissue culture and transformation (e.g., electroporation, lipofection) use standard techniques. In some embodiments, the reaction and purification techniques are carried out, for example, using a manufacturer's instructions kit or a conventional method such as 156715.doc.42. 8 201249840 or as described herein. As used throughout this application and the scope of the accompanying claims, the following terms have the following meanings: The term "microsatellite" as used in the present invention means a repeat of 1-6 DNA base pairs, and is referred to in the industry. DNA sequences of single sequence repeats (SSR), short tandem repeats (STR), or variable number tandem repeats (VNTR). A repeat sequence can be, for example, one, two, three, four, five, or six nucleotides (mono-, di-, tri-, tetra-, pen-, and hexanucleotides, respectively) The sequence of repeats is composed and can be repeated, for example, 3 to 100 times. See, for example, Eckert et al, Mol Carcinog, 48(4), 379-388 (2009). In certain embodiments, the microsatellite single nucleotide repeat sequence, eg, TTTTTTTTT (SEQ ID N0.1), is referred to as (T)9; TTTTTTTTTTT (SEQ ID ΝΟ·2), termed (T)n TTTTTTTTTTTTTTT (SEQ ID ΝΟ·3), called (T)15; TTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTT (SEQ ID NO. 4), called (T)21; and AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA AAAAAA (SEQ ID ΝΟ·5), called (A)27 . In certain embodiments, the microsatellite dinucleotide repeat, eg, GTGTGTGTGTGT (SEQ ID NO. 6), is referred to as (GT)6. In certain embodiments, the microsatellite trinucleotide repeat, for example, CTGCTGCTGCTG (SEQ ID N0.7), is referred to as (Ctg)4. In certain embodiments, the microsatellite tetranucleoside 酉mann repeat, for example, ACACTACTCACTCACTC (SEQ ID N0.8)' is referred to as (ACTC)4. In certain embodiments, the microsatellite is single-state, or near-monomorphic, mononucleic acid repeats (eg, NR21, NR24, Bat25, 156715.doc • 43-201249840)
Bat26及Mono27)。舉例而言,微衛星可含有一個或至多六 個或七個、或更多中斷微衛星内之重複序列之核苷酸。Bat26 and Mono27). For example, a microsatellite can contain one or up to six or seven, or more, nucleotides that interrupt a repeat within a microsatellite.
彼等熟習此項技術者認識到,微衛星通常存在於人類基 因組DNA中》在某些實施例中,微衛星位於基因(例如, DNA修復基因)内。在某些實施例中,微衛星可(例如)尤其 位於下列基因内 :ATM (NM_000051) 、 ATRThose skilled in the art recognize that microsatellites are typically found in human genomic DNA. In some embodiments, microsatellites are located within genes (e.g., DNA repair genes). In certain embodiments, the microsatellite can, for example, be located, inter alia, within the following genes: ATM (NM_000051), ATR
(NM_001184)、CTIP (NM_002894)、BLM (NM_000057)、 RAD51 (NM_002875)、RAD51L1 (NM—002877)、RAD51C (NM_ 002876) 、RAD51L3 (NM_002878) 、DMC1 (NM_ 007068) 、 XRCC2 (NM一005431) 、 XRCC3 (NM_ _005432) 、 RAD52 (NM_002879) 、 RAD54L (NM_ _003579) 、RAD54B (NM 一 012415) 、BRCA1 (NM_ _007295) 、 BRCA2 (NM—000059) 、 RAD50 (NM_ 005732) 、 MRE11A (NM—005590) 或 NBS1 (NM_002485) ° 在某些實施例中,微衛星位於基因之内含子/外顯子剪 接點内。在某些實施例中,微衛星位於基因之内含子内。 在某些實施例中,微衛星位於基因之外顯子内。在某些實 施例中,微衛星位於基因之控制要素(例如,基因啟動子) 中之一者内。在某些實施例中,基因係DNA修復基因。在 某些實施例中,基因係除DNA修復基因外之基因。在某些 實施例中,微衛星位於基因外部。 本發明所用之術語「微衛星不穩定性」(MSI)意指與參 考微衛星相比在人類基因組DNA中發現之微衛星的變化, 156715.doc -44- ⑧ 201249840 例如’插入或缺失一或多個驗基對。舉例而言,MSI之特 徵可在於,微衛星長度或重複序列與(例如)基因組DNA中 者(在微衛星發生遺傳時)不同,或(例如)與一般人類群體 中之微衛星長度或重複序列相比有所不同。在某些實施例 中’在以下細胞基因組中發現參考微衛星:來自不患有 MDS或AML之人類之細胞、或來自特徵為無癌症之人類群 體之細胞。如本發明所用,低級MSI(MSI-低)定義為在微 甜星中具有1個驗基對(bp)缺失或插入;中級msi(MSI-中) 定義為在微衛星中具有之2個bp缺失或插入;高級msi(MSI_ 尚)疋義為在微衛星中具有個bp缺失或插入;且msi穩定 (MSI-穩定)定義為在微衛星中沒有缺失或插入。 本發明所用之術語「烯基」意指含有2_丨〇個碳且含有至 少一個藉由去除兩個氫形成之碳_碳雙鍵之直鏈、具支 鏈、或環狀(在該情形下,其亦稱為「環烯基」)烴。在一 些實施例中,視、结構^,烯基係單價基團或二價基團 (亦即’伸烯基)。在一些實施例中,烯基視需要經取代。 稀基之例示性實例包括但不限於乙稀基、2_丙烯基、2·曱 基-2-㈣基、3_ 丁料、4_戊稀基、5_己婦基、2·庚稀 基、2-甲基_1_庚烯基、及3-癸烯基。 本發月所用之術語「烧氧基」意指本發明所定義經由 原子連接至母體分子部分之烧基。院氧基之例示性實例包 括但不限於甲蓋I ^ ^ 甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基、2_丙氧基'丁氧 基、第二-丁氧基、戊氧基及己氧基。 156715.doc -45· 201249840 本發明所用之術語「炫基」意指含有㈣個碳原子之直 鍵、具支鍵、或環狀(在此情形下,其亦稱為「環燒基」) ^炫基之例示性實例包括但不限於甲基、乙基、正丙 基、異丙基、正丁基、第二_丁 & s x ^ 丁基、第三-丁基、正戊基、 異戊基、新戊基、正己基、3· 节基己基、2,2-二甲基戊 甲基戊基、正庚基、正辛基、正壬基及正癸 基。 本發明所用之術語「Cl_C6_烧基」意指含有Μ個碳原子 之直鍵、具支鍵、或環狀(在此情形下,其亦稱為「環烷 基」)烴。烷基之例示性實例包括但不限於甲基、乙基、 正丙基、異丙基、環丙基、正丁基、第二-丁基、第三-丁 基、環丁基、正戍基、異戊基、新戊基、環戊基及正己 基。 本發明所用之術語「環院基」意指僅含有碳及氫之單環 或多環基H包括彼等飽和、部分飽和或完全飽和者。 環烷f包括具有3個至1〇個環原子之基團。環狀基團之代 表性實例包括但不限於下列部分:(NM_001184), CTIP (NM_002894), BLM (NM_000057), RAD51 (NM_002875), RAD51L1 (NM-002877), RAD51C (NM_ 002876), RAD51L3 (NM_002878), DMC1 (NM_ 007068), XRCC2 (NM-005431), XRCC3 (NM_ _005432), RAD52 (NM_002879), RAD54L (NM_ _003579), RAD54B (NM_012415), BRCA1 (NM_ _007295), BRCA2 (NM—000059), RAD50 (NM_ 005732), MRE11A (NM—005590) or NBS1 (NM_002485) ° In certain embodiments, the microsatellite is located within the intron/exon splice junction of the gene. In certain embodiments, the microsatellite is located within an intron of the gene. In certain embodiments, the microsatellite is located outside the gene. In some embodiments, the microsatellite is located within one of the control elements of the gene (e.g., a gene promoter). In certain embodiments, the gene is a DNA repair gene. In certain embodiments, the gene is a gene other than a DNA repair gene. In certain embodiments, the microsatellite is located outside of the gene. As used herein, the term "microsatellite instability" (MSI) means a change in a microsatellite found in human genomic DNA as compared to a reference microsatellite, 156715.doc -44- 8 201249840 eg 'insertion or deletion one or Multiple test pairs. For example, MSI can be characterized in that the microsatellite length or repeat sequence is different from, for example, in genomic DNA (when the microsatellite is inherited), or, for example, with microsatellite lengths or repeats in a general human population. Compared to the difference. In certain embodiments, reference microsatellites are found in the following cellular genomes: cells from humans that do not have MDS or AML, or cells from a human population characterized by no cancer. As used in the present invention, a lower MSI (MSI-low) is defined as having one base pair (bp) deletion or insertion in a microsweet star; a mid-level msi (in MSI-) is defined as having 2 bp in a microsatellite Deletion or insertion; advanced msi (MSI_) is defined as having a bp deletion or insertion in the microsatellite; and msi-stable (MSI-stable) is defined as no deletion or insertion in the microsatellite. The term "alkenyl" as used in the present invention means a straight, branched, or cyclic group containing 2 to 1 carbon and containing at least one carbon-carbon double bond formed by removing two hydrogens (in this case). Hereinafter, it is also referred to as "cycloalkenyl" hydrocarbon. In some embodiments, the alkenyl group is a monovalent group or a divalent group (i.e., an 'alkenyl group'). In some embodiments, an alkenyl group is optionally substituted. Illustrative examples of dilute bases include, but are not limited to, ethylenyl, 2-propenyl, 2-indenyl-2-(tetra)yl, 3-butane, 4-pentenyl, 5-hexyl, 2·heptyl , 2-methyl_1_heptenyl, and 3-decenyl. The term "alkoxy" as used in this month means the alkyl group as defined in the present invention which is attached to the parent molecular moiety via an atom. Illustrative examples of alkoxy groups include, but are not limited to, capsid I ^ ^ methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, 2-propoxy 'butoxy, second-butoxy, pentyloxy, and Oxygen. 156715.doc -45· 201249840 The term "shallow" as used in the present invention means a straight bond, a bond, or a ring containing (four) carbon atoms (in this case, also referred to as "ring-burning group"). Illustrative examples of thiol groups include, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, second-butyl & sx^butyl, tert-butyl, n-pentyl, Isoamyl, neopentyl, n-hexyl, 3·hexylhexyl, 2,2-dimethylpentylmethylpentyl, n-heptyl, n-octyl, n-decyl and n-decyl. The term "Cl_C6_alkyl" as used in the present invention means a straight bond, a bond, or a ring (in this case, also referred to as "cycloalkyl") hydrocarbon containing one carbon atom. Illustrative examples of alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, cyclopropyl, n-butyl, second-butyl, tert-butyl, cyclobutyl, ruthenium Base, isopentyl, neopentyl, cyclopentyl and n-hexyl. As used herein, the term "ring-based" means a monocyclic or polycyclic group H containing only carbon and hydrogen, including those saturated, partially saturated or fully saturated. The cycloalkane f includes a group having 3 to 1 ring atoms. Representative examples of cyclic groups include, but are not limited to, the following:
Λ . , Λ , co . CO 〇〇,〇〇,〇〇 在’一 。在一些實施例 156715.doc ⑧ •46- 201249840 中,端視結構而定,環烷基係單價基團或二價基團(例 如,伸環烧基)。 本發明所用之術語「環烷基」係指視需要經丨、2、3、 或4個選自以下之取代基取代的基團:烯基、烷氧基、烷 氧基烷基、烷氧基羰基、烷基、烷基羰基、烷基羰基氧 基、烧硫基、烷基硫基烷基、炔基、羧基、氰基、甲醯 基、鹵代烷氧基、函代烷基、齒素、羥基、羥基伸烷基、 疏基、側氧基、-NRARA、及(nrarb)羰基。 本發明所用之術語「環烷基烷基」意指本發明所定義經 由本發月所疋義之燒基連接至母體分子部分之環炫基。環 烷基烷基之代表性實例包括但不限於環丙基曱基、2_環丁 基乙基、環戊基甲基、環己基甲基、及4_環庚基丁基。 本發明所用之術語「碳環」係指如下化合物:其含有一 或多個共價閉合環結構,且形成環主鏈之原子皆係碳原 子。 本發明所用之術語「碳環」係指形成環之各個原子皆為 碳原子的環。碳環包括彼等由3個、4個、5個、6個、7 個8個、9個或9個以上碳原子形成者。碳環視需要經取 代。 :發明所用之術語「烷氧基烷基」意指至少一個本發明 所定義經由本發明所定義之烷基連接至母體分子部分之烷 氧基。烷氧基烷基之例示性實例包括但不限於2_甲氧基乙 基、2-乙氧基乙基、第三丁氧基乙基及甲氧基甲基。 本發明所用之術語「烧氧錢基」意指本發明所定義經 156715.docΛ . , Λ , co . CO 〇〇, 〇〇, 〇〇 in '一. In some embodiments 156715.doc 8 •46-201249840, depending on the structure, the cycloalkyl group is a monovalent group or a divalent group (e.g., an exocyclic group). The term "cycloalkyl" as used in the present invention refers to a group which is optionally substituted with hydrazine, 2, 3, or 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of alkenyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxy. Carbonyl group, alkyl group, alkylcarbonyl group, alkylcarbonyloxy group, sulfur-burning group, alkylthioalkyl group, alkynyl group, carboxyl group, cyano group, formyl group, haloalkoxy group, functional alkyl group, dentate , hydroxy, hydroxyalkylene, sulfhydryl, pendant oxy, -NRARA, and (nrarb)carbonyl. The term "cycloalkylalkyl" as used in the present invention means a cyclosporin as defined in the present invention which is bonded to the parent molecular moiety through a thiol group as defined in the present specification. Representative examples of cycloalkylalkyl include, but are not limited to, cyclopropylindenyl, 2-cyclobutylethyl, cyclopentylmethyl, cyclohexylmethyl, and 4-cycloheptylbutyl. The term "carbocyclic ring" as used in the present invention refers to a compound which contains one or more covalently closed ring structures, and the atoms forming the ring main chain are all carbon atoms. The term "carbocyclic ring" as used in the present invention means a ring in which each atom forming a ring is a carbon atom. Carbocycles include those formed by three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine or more carbon atoms. The carbon ring needs to be replaced. The term "alkoxyalkyl" as used in the invention means at least one alkoxy group as defined in the present invention which is bonded to the parent molecular moiety through an alkyl group as defined in the present invention. Illustrative examples of alkoxyalkyl include, but are not limited to, 2-methoxyethyl, 2-ethoxyethyl, tert-butoxyethyl, and methoxymethyl. As used herein, the term "oxygen ketone" means the 156715.doc as defined by the present invention.
S -47· 201249840 由本發明所定義之羰基連接至母體分子部分之烷氧基。烷 氧基幾基之例示性實例包括但不限於甲氧基羰基、乙氧基 幾基、及第三丁氧基羰基。 本發明所用之術語「烷氧基羰基烷基」意指本發明所定 義經由本發明所定義之烷基連接至母體分子部分之烷氧基 羰基。 本發明所用之術語「烷基羰基」意指本發明所定義經由 本發明所定義之羰基連接至母體分子部分之烷基。烷基羰 基之例示性實例包括但不限於乙醯基、1-側氧基丙基、 2,2-二子基·1*·側氧基丙基、1-側氧基丁基、及1-側氧基戊 基。 本發明所用之術語「烷基羰基氧基」意指本發明所定義 經由氧原子連接至母體分子部分之烷基羰基。烷基羰基氧 基之例示性實例包括但不限於乙醯基氧基、乙基羰基氧 基、及第三-丁基羰基氧基。 本發明所用之術語「烷硫基」或「硫代烷氧基」意指本 發明所定義經由硫原子連接至母體分子部分之烷基。烷硫 基之例示性實例包括但不限於甲硫基、乙硫基、丁硫基、 第三-丁基硫基、及己硫基。 本發明所用之術語「烷硫基烷基」意指本發明所定義經 由本發明所定義之烷基連接至母體分子部分之烷硫基。烷 硫基烷基之例示性實例包括但不限於曱硫基曱基、2_(乙硫 基)乙基、丁硫基甲基、及己硫基乙基。 本發明所用之術語「炔基」意指含有2_丨〇個碳且含有至 1567 丨 5.d〇C ,48. ⑧ 201249840 少一個碳-碳三鍵之直鏈、具支鏈烴。在-些實施例中, 、、土視*要經取代。炔基之例示性實例包括但不限於乙快 ^丙块基、2_丙炔基、3_ 丁炔基、2-戊炔基及1-丁炔 基。 本發明所用之術語「芳族」係指具有含有㈣紙電子 之離域π電子系統的平面環,其中n為整數。在一些實施例 中,芳族環係由5個、6個、7個、8個、9個或9個以上原子 形成°在其他實施例中’芳族基團視需要經取代。此術語 ^括單環或稠合環多環(亦即,環共用相鄰碳原子對)基 團。 本發明所用之術語「芳基」係指形成環之各個原子為碳 原子的芳族環《在一些實施例中,芳環係由5個、6個' 7 個8個、9個或9個以上碳原子形成。芳基之實例包括但 不限於苯基、萘基、菲基、蒽基、苐基及茚基。 在一些實施例中,本發明所用之術語「芳基」意指視需 要經一個、兩個、三個、四個或五個獨立地選自由以下組 成之群之取代基取代的芳基:烯基、烷氧基、烷氧基统 基、烷氧基羰基、烷基、烷基羰基、烷基羰基氧基、院硫 基、院基硫基烧基、块基、幾基、氰基、甲醚基、齒代统 氧基、ii代烷基、齒素、羥基、羥基伸烷基、巯基、硝 基、-NRaRa、及(NRaRb)幾基。 本發明所用之術語「芳烧基」意指本發明所定義經由本 發明所定義之烷基連接至母體分子部分之芳基。芳烧基之 例示性實例包括但不限於苄基、2 -苯基乙基、-苯基丙基、 156715.doc • 49- 201249840 1-甲基-3-苯基丙基、及2-萘-2-基乙基。 本發明所用之術語「羰基」意指_C(〇)-基團。 本發明所用之術語「羧基」意指-COOH基團。 本發明所用之術語「氰基」意指-CN基團。 本發明所用之術語「曱醯基」意指_C(0)H基團。 本發明所用之術語「鹵基」或「鹵素」意指、 -I 或-F。 「巯基」意指-SH基團。 「硝基」意指-N02基團。 「羥基」意指-OH基團。 「側氧基」意指=0基團。 「鍵」或「單鍵」係指兩個原子或兩 ,此時由鍵連接在一起之原子視為較 本發明所用之術語 本發明所用之術語 本發明所用之術語 本發明所用之術語 本發明所用之術語 個部分之間的化學鍵 大子結構的一部分。 本發明所用之術語「齒代烷基」、「函代烯基」、「齒代炔 基」及「#代烷氧基」包括至少一個氫由鹵素原子代替之 烷基、烯基、炔基及烷氧基結構。在兩個或兩個以上氫原 子由齒素原子代替之某些實施例中,所有齒素原子都彼此 相同。在兩個或兩個以上氫原子由函素原子代替之其他實 施例中,並非所有南素原子皆彼此相同。術語「氟烷基」 及氟烷氧基」分別包括齒基係氟之齒代烷基及齒代烷氧 基在某些實施例中,函代烧基視需要經取代。 術語「酯」係指具有式-COOR的化學部分,其中R選自 烷基%烷基、芳基、雜芳基(經由環碳鍵結)及雜環烷基 156715.doc 201249840 (經由環碳鍵結)。在一些實施例中,本發明所述化合物上 之任一羥基、或羧基側鏈皆發生酯化。 本發明所狀術語「雜㈣」、「輯基」及「雜快基」 包括-或多個骨架鏈原子選自除碳以外之原子(例如氧、 氮、硫、石夕、碟或其組合)之視需要經取代的貌基、婦基 及炔基。 本發明所用之術語「雜原子」係指除碳或氫之外的原 子。雜原子通常獨立地選自氧、硫、氮、石夕及構,但並不 :於該等原子。在存在兩個或兩個以上雜原子之實施例 ’兩個或兩個以上雜原子都彼此相同,或兩個或兩個以 上雜原子中之一些或全部彼此不同。 =發明所用之術語「環」係指任—共價閉合之結構。環 ==(例如,芳基及環燒基)、雜環(例如,雜芳 基及雜環烧基)、方族(例如,芳基及雜芳基) (例如,環烷基及雜環烷基)。在—此 方、 經取杆。/ .^ ^ 二貫施例中,環視需要 取代在—些實施例中,環形成環系統之—部分。 本發明所用之術語「環♦缔 刀 其… “統」係指兩個或兩個以上環, 或兩個以上環共用一或多個鍵之結:。…」係指兩個 術語「雜芳基」或另-選擇為「雜芳族 一或多個選自氮、氧及硫之環雜原子 」係4包括 芳族」或「雜芳基」部分係指環之至少二以之「雜 原子的芳族基團。在一些實施例中,多環L =原子係氮 非稠合。雜芳基之例示性實例包土係稠合或 个限於下列部分: 156715.doc •51- 201249840 n^n 〇>,〇>, ύ,ύ ύ 'Ο Ο,Ο,〇S-47·201249840 The carbonyl group defined by the present invention is attached to the alkoxy group of the parent molecular moiety. Illustrative examples of alkoxy groups include, but are not limited to, methoxycarbonyl, ethoxylated, and tert-butoxycarbonyl. As used herein, the term "alkoxycarbonylalkyl" means an alkoxycarbonyl group, as defined herein, appended to the parent molecular moiety through an alkyl group, as defined herein. The term "alkylcarbonyl" as used in the present invention means an alkyl group as defined in the present invention which is bonded to the parent molecular moiety through a carbonyl group as defined in the present invention. Illustrative examples of alkylcarbonyl groups include, but are not limited to, ethyl hydrazino, 1-sided oxy propyl, 2,2-diyl-1*, pendant oxypropyl, 1-sided oxybutyl, and 1- Side oxypentyl. As used herein, the term "alkylcarbonyloxy" means an alkylcarbonyl group as defined herein appended to the parent molecular moiety through an oxygen atom. Illustrative examples of alkylcarbonyloxy groups include, but are not limited to, ethenyloxy, ethylcarbonyloxy, and tert-butylcarbonyloxy. The term "alkylthio" or "thioalkoxy" as used in the present invention means an alkyl group as defined in the present invention which is bonded to the parent molecular moiety through a sulfur atom. Illustrative examples of alkylthio groups include, but are not limited to, methylthio, ethylthio, butylthio, tert-butylthio, and hexylthio. The term "alkylthioalkyl" as used in the present invention means an alkylthio group as defined in the present invention which is bonded to the parent molecular moiety through an alkyl group as defined in the present invention. Illustrative examples of alkylthioalkyl include, but are not limited to, sulfonylthio, 2-(ethylthio)ethyl, butylthiomethyl, and hexylthioethyl. As used herein, the term "alkynyl" means a straight-chain, branched hydrocarbon having 2 to 1 carbon and containing up to 1567 丨 5.d〇C, 48. 8 201249840 with one carbon-carbon triple bond. In some embodiments, , , and * are to be replaced. Illustrative examples of alkynyl groups include, but are not limited to, B-propyl, 2-propynyl, 3-butynyl, 2-pentynyl, and 1-butynyl. As used herein, the term "aromatic" refers to a planar ring having a delocalized π-electron system containing (iv) paper electrons, where n is an integer. In some embodiments, the aromatic ring system is formed from 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or more atoms. In other embodiments, the 'aromatic group' is optionally substituted. This term includes a monocyclic or fused ring polycyclic (i.e., the ring shares a pair of adjacent carbon atoms) groups. As used herein, the term "aryl" refers to an aromatic ring which forms a ring of carbon atoms. In some embodiments, the aromatic ring system consists of 5, 6 '7, 8, 9, or 9 The above carbon atoms are formed. Examples of aryl groups include, but are not limited to, phenyl, naphthyl, phenanthryl, anthryl, fluorenyl and fluorenyl. In some embodiments, the term "aryl" as used in the present invention means an aryl group which is optionally substituted with one, two, three, four or five substituents independently selected from the group consisting of: Alkoxy group, alkoxy group, alkoxy group, alkoxycarbonyl group, alkyl group, alkylcarbonyl group, alkylcarbonyloxy group, thiol group, thiol group, block group, several groups, cyano group, Methyl ether, dentate oxy, ii alkyl, dentate, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, fluorenyl, nitro, -NRaRa, and (NRaRb) groups. As used herein, the term "arylalkyl" means an aryl group as defined herein appended to the parent molecular moiety through an alkyl group as defined herein. Illustrative examples of aryl groups include, but are not limited to, benzyl, 2-phenylethyl, -phenylpropyl, 156715.doc • 49-201249840 1-methyl-3-phenylpropyl, and 2-naphthalene -2-ylethyl. The term "carbonyl" as used in the present invention means a _C(〇)- group. The term "carboxy" as used in the present invention means a -COOH group. The term "cyano" as used in the present invention means a -CN group. The term "mercapto" as used in the present invention means a _C(0)H group. The term "halo" or "halogen" as used in the present invention means -I or -F. "Alkyl" means a -SH group. "Nitro" means a -N02 group. "Hydroxy" means an -OH group. "Sideoxy" means =0 group. "Key" or "single bond" means two atoms or two, in which case the atom to which the bond is bonded is considered to be a term used in connection with the present invention. The term used in the present invention. The term used in the present invention is used in the present invention. The term chemical moiety used between the parts is a part of the large substructure. The terms "dentate alkyl", "alkenyl", "dentate alkynyl" and "# alkoxy" as used in the present invention include alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl groups in which at least one hydrogen is replaced by a halogen atom. And alkoxy structure. In some embodiments in which two or more hydrogen atoms are replaced by dentate atoms, all of the dentate atoms are identical to each other. In other embodiments in which two or more hydrogen atoms are replaced by a functional atom, not all of the south atoms are identical to each other. The terms "fluoroalkyl" and fluoroalkoxy" respectively include a dentate alkyl group of a dentate fluoro group and a dentate alkoxy group. In some embodiments, the acyl group is optionally substituted. The term "ester" refers to a chemical moiety having the formula -COOR wherein R is selected from alkylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl (via ring carbon bonding) and heterocycloalkyl 156715.doc 201249840 (via ring carbon) Bond). In some embodiments, any of the hydroxyl groups, or carboxyl side chains, of the compounds of the invention are esterified. The terms "hetero (four)", "separation" and "hetero" in the present invention include - or a plurality of skeleton chain atoms selected from atoms other than carbon (for example, oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, shi, disc or a combination thereof). The appearance of the substituted base, gynecyl and alkynyl groups. The term "hetero atom" as used in the present invention means an atom other than carbon or hydrogen. The heteroatoms are usually independently selected from the group consisting of oxygen, sulfur, nitrogen, and arsenic, but not: at the atoms. In the embodiment in which two or more hetero atoms are present, 'two or more hetero atoms are the same as each other, or some or all of the two or more hetero atoms are different from each other. = The term "ring" as used in the invention refers to a structure that is either covalently closed. Ring == (for example, aryl and cycloalkyl), heterocyclic (for example, heteroaryl and heterocycloalkyl), aristora (for example, aryl and heteroaryl) (for example, cycloalkyl and heterocyclic) alkyl). In this side, take the rod. / .^ ^ In the second embodiment, the surround is required to replace the part of the ring system in some embodiments. As used herein, the term "loop" means "..." means "two or more rings, or two or more rings that share the junction of one or more bonds:". "" means the two terms "heteroaryl" or alternatively - selected as "heteroaromatic one or more ring heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur" 4 including aromatic or "heteroaryl" moieties Is a ring of at least two of the "heteroatom-containing aromatic groups. In some embodiments, the polycyclic L = atomic nitrogen is not fused. An illustrative example of a heteroaryl group is either fused or limited to the following : 156715.doc •51- 201249840 n^n 〇>,〇>, ύ,ύ ύ 'Ο Ο,Ο,〇
Ν 在一些實施例中,端視結構而定, 雜芳基係單價基團或二價基團(亦即,伸雜芳基)^ 術語「雜芳基」意指經〇、1、2、3、或4個獨立地選自 以下之取代基取代的雜芳基:烯基、烷氧基、烷氧基烧 基、烷氧基羰基、烷基、烷基羰基、烷基羰基氧基、烷硫 基、烷基硫基烷基、炔基、羧基、氰基、甲醯基、齒代烧 氧基、齒代烷基、自素、羥基、羥基伸烷基、巯基、硝 基、-NRARB、及-(NRaRb)羰基。 本發明所用之術語「雜芳基烷基」意指本發明所定義經 由本發明所定義之烷基連接至母體分子部分之雜芳基。雜 芳基烷基之列示性實例包括但不限於吡啶基甲基。 本發明所用之術語「雜環烷基」或「非芳族雜環」係 形成環之一或多個原子係雜原子的非芳族環。「雜環 基」或「非芳族雜環」基團係指包括至少一個選自氮、 及硫之雜原子的環烷基。在一些實施例中,該等基團與 基或雜芳基稠合。在一些實施例中,雜環烷基環係由 個、4個、5個、6個、7個、8個、9個 ’、 Λ上原子: 156715.doc •52- 201249840 成。在一些實施例中,雜環烷基環視需要經取代。在某些 實施例中,雜環烷基含有一或多個羰基或硫代羰基,例 如,含有側氧基及硫基之基團。雜環烷基之實例包括但不 限於内醯胺、内酯、環狀醯亞胺、環狀硫代醯亞胺、環狀 胺基曱酸酯、四氫噻喃、4H_吡喃、四氫吡喃、六氫吡 啶、1,3-戴奥辛(i,3-dioxin)、1,3-二噁烷、ι,4-戴奥辛(丨,4_ dioxin)、1,4-二噁烷、六氫吡嗪、丨,%氧硫雜環己烷、L4· 氧硫雜環己二烯、1,4-氧硫雜環己烷、四氫_丨,4_噻 嗪、2Η-1,2·噁嗪 '馬來醯亞胺、琥珀醯亞胺、巴比妥 酸、硫代巴比妥酸、二酮六氫吡嗪、乙内醯脲、二氫尿嘧 啶、嗎啉、二噁烷、六氳-1,3,5-三嗪、四氫噻吩、四氫呋 喃、吡咯啉、吡咯啶、吡咯啶酮、吡咯啶二酮 (Pyrrolidione)、吡唑啉、吡唑啶、咪唑啉、咪唑啶、i 3_ 二氧雜環戊烯、1,3-二氧戊環、1,3_二硫雜環戊烯、丨,3_二 硫戊環、異噁唑啉、異噁唑啶、噁唑啉、噁唑啶、噁唑啶 酮噻唑啉、噻唑啶及丨,3-氧硫雜環戊烷。雜環烷基(亦稱 為非芳族雜環)之例示性實例包括但不限於 0Ν In some embodiments, depending on the structure, a heteroaryl is a monovalent group or a divalent group (ie, a heteroaryl group). The term "heteroaryl" means hydrazine, 1, 2, 3. A heteroaryl group substituted with 4 or 4 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkenyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkyl, alkylcarbonyl, alkylcarbonyloxy, Alkylthio, alkylthioalkyl, alkynyl, carboxy, cyano, methionyl, dentate, alkoxy, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, decyl, nitro, - NRARB, and -(NRaRb)carbonyl. As used herein, the term "heteroarylalkyl" means a heteroaryl group as defined herein appended to the parent molecular moiety through an alkyl group as defined herein. Listed examples of heteroarylalkyl include, but are not limited to, pyridylmethyl. The term "heterocycloalkyl" or "non-aromatic heterocyclic ring" as used in the present invention is a non-aromatic ring which forms one or more atomic hetero atoms of the ring. The "heterocyclic group" or "non-aromatic heterocyclic" group means a cycloalkyl group including at least one hetero atom selected from nitrogen and sulfur. In some embodiments, the groups are fused to a base or heteroaryl. In some embodiments, the heterocycloalkyl ring system is composed of four, five, six, six, seven, eight, nine ', and anthracene atoms: 156715.doc • 52-201249840. In some embodiments, a heterocycloalkyl ring is optionally substituted. In certain embodiments, a heterocycloalkyl group contains one or more carbonyl or thiocarbonyl groups, for example, a group containing pendant and thio groups. Examples of heterocycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, indoleamine, lactone, cyclic quinone imine, cyclic thioimine, cyclic amino phthalate, tetrahydrothiopyran, 4H-pyran, tetra Hydropyran, hexahydropyridine, 1,3-dioxin, 1,3-dioxane, iota, dioxin, 1,4-dioxane, six Hydropyrazine, anthracene, % oxathiane, L4·oxathiane, 1,4-oxathiane, tetrahydro-hydrazine, 4-thiazine, 2Η-1,2 · Oxazine 'maleimide, amber imin, barbituric acid, thiobarbituric acid, diketopehydropyrazine, beta-urea urea, dihydrouracil, morpholine, dioxane , hexamethylene-1,3,5-triazine, tetrahydrothiophene, tetrahydrofuran, pyrroline, pyrrolidine, pyrrolidone, pyrrolidione, pyrazoline, pyrazole, imidazoline, imidazolidinium , i 3_ dioxole, 1,3-dioxolane, 1,3-dithiol, anthracene, 3-dithiolane, isoxazoline, isoxazole, evil Oxazoline, oxazolidine, oxazolidinone thiazoline, thiazolidine and anthracene, 3-oxothiolane. Illustrative examples of heterocycloalkyl (also known as non-aromatic heterocycles) include, but are not limited to, 0
156715.doc 53- 201249840 Ο156715.doc 53- 201249840 Ο
ΟΟ
00, ^ , 基亦包括所有環> 。術語雜環烷 二糖及寡糖t ^碳水化合物,包括但不限於單糖、 =「雜環」係指本發明所用之雜芳基及雜環烧基,其 久、曰B 1至4個各自選自〇、S&N之雜原子的基園,其中 各雜環基團在其環条士 、 美團之援」 …中具有4至〗〇個原子,且前提係該 土 不含有兩個相鄰的0或S原子。在本發 ::::雜環中碳原子之數量(例如,心^ 等二—個其他原子(雜原子)。諸如W雜環」 量在—=巾碳科之數量,Μ指環巾原子之總數 子 t「貫施例令,應理解’雜環在環令具有其他雜原 數旦m 4 6員雜環」等稱謂係指環中所含有原子之總 =即,4員、5員或6員環’其中至少-個原子係碳原 雜片子Γ:原子係雜原子且其餘2至4個原子係碳原子或 匕實施例中’在具有兩個或兩個以上雜原 子之=中,該兩個或兩個以上雜原子彼此相同或不同。 在-i實施例中,雜環視需要經取代。在_些實施例中, 在雜原子處或經由碳原子盥雜頊 卢““ 雜環烷基包括在其 僅具有4個原子之基團,但雜芳基在其環系統中 具有5個原子。雜環基團包括苯并稍合環系統。4 團之一實例係氣雜環丁基(衍生自氣雜環丁烧”5員 雜辰基團之貫例係冬坐基。6員雜環基圏之實例係t定 156715.doc ⑧ •54· 201249840 基,且1 〇員雜環基團之實例係喹啉基。雜環炫基之實例係 吡咯啶基、四氫呋喃基、二氫呋喃基、四氫°塞吩基、四氮 吡喃基、二氫吡喃基、四氫噻喃基、Ν_六氫°比淀基、Ν_嗎 琳基、Ν-硫嗎琳基、嗟°惡烧基、六氫。比11秦基、氮雜環丁 基、氧雜環丁基、硫雜環丁基、高六氫°比啶基、氧雜環庚 烷基、硫咩基、噁氮呼基、二氮呼基、硫氮呼基、 1,2,3,6-四氫°比°定基、2-。比》各淋基、3-°比Β各琳基、二氫β引口朵 基、2Η- °比喃基、4Η- °比σ南基、二°惡烧基、1,3-二氧戍環 基、吡唑啉基、二噻烷基、二硫戊環基、二氫吡喃基、二 氫嘆吩基、二氫呋喃基、。比。坐α定基、咪唑淋基、咪。坐咬 基、3-氮雜雙環[3.1.0]己基、3-氮雜雙環[4.1.0]庚基、3比 吲哚基及喹唤基。雜芳基之實例係η比啶基、咪唑基、嘧咬 基、。比。坐基、三。坐基、〇比嗓基、四唾基、吱喃基、〇塞吩 基、異°惡°坐基、垄D坐基、**惡β坐基、異售β坐基、°比"各基、啥 啉基、異喹啉基、吲哚基、苯并咪唑基、苯并呋喃基、吟 啉基、吲唑基、吲嗪基、呔畊基、嗒嗪基、三嗪基、異叫丨 哚基、喋啶基、嘌呤基、噁二唑基、噻二唑基、呋咕基、 苯并呋咕基、苯并噻吩基、苯并噻唑基、苯并噁唑基、啥 嗤啉基、喹喔啉基、萘啶基及呋喃并吡啶基。在一些實施 例中,上述衍生自上文列示各基團之基團在可能處與c附 接或與Ν附接。舉例而言,在一些實施例中,衍生自吡咯 之基團係°比°各-1-基(與Ν附接)或η比洛-3-基(與c附接)。此 外’在一些實施例中’衍生自咪唑之基團係咪唑_丨_基或味 唑-3-基(二者均與ν附接)或咪唾_2_基、咪唑基或咪唾 156715.doc -55· 201249840 5-基(所有皆與C附接)。雜環基團包括苯并稠合環系統及經 一個或兩個側氧基(=〇)部分取代之環系統(例如吡咯啶-2-嗣)°在一些實施例中,端視結構而定,雜環基團係單價 基團或二價基團(亦即,伸雜環基)。 本發明所述之雜環經〇、i、2、3、或4個獨立地選自以 下之取代基取代:烯基、烷氧基、烷氧基烷基、烷氧基羰 基、烷基、烷基羰基、烷基羰基氧基、烷硫基、烷基硫基 烷基、炔基、羧基、氰基、曱醯基、齒代烷氧基、函代烷 基、_素、羥基、羥基伸烷基、巯基、硝基、_NRaRb、 及-(NRaRb)幾基。 術5吾雜環烷氧基」係指本發明所定義經由烷氧基連接 至母體分子部分之雜環烷基。 術-#環烧基硫基」係指本發明所定義經由烧硫基連 接至母體分子部分之雜環烷基。 術語「雜環氧基」係指本發明所^義經由氧原子連接至 母體分子部分之雜環烷基。 術语「雜環硫基」係指本發明 乃所疋義經由硫原子連接至 母體分子部分之雜環烷基。 術語「雜芳基烧氧基」係指本發明所定義經由院氧基 接至母體分子部分之雜芳基。 術語「雜芳基烧基硫基係# 」係礼本發明所定義經由烷硫 連接至母體分子部分之雜芳基。 術語「雜芳基氧基」係指本 K^^ v? 铲月所疋義經由氧原子連: 至母體分子部分之雜芳基。 1567I5.doc ⑧ -56 - 201249840 術語「雜芳基硫基」係指本發明料義經由硫原子連接 至母體分子部分之雜芳基。 纽,-些實施例中’術語「員環」涵蓋任一環狀結構。術 »。一員」意欲表示組成環之骨架原子的數量。因此,舉例 而5 ’環己基…㈣"比喃及嘆喃係、6員環,且環戍基、 0比0各、呋喃及噻吩係5員環。 丄::明所用之術語「非芳族5、6、7、8、9、1〇、"或 又,衣雜j衣」思指本發明所定義由兩個碳環(在相同碳原 子(形成螺結構)或不同碳原子(其中兩個環共用-或多個 鍵^ _合至—起)組成且在其總體環系、統中具有5至12個原 :(其中形成環之一或多個原子係雜原子)之雜環烧基。非 从 6 ^^^^、丨卜或^雙環雜環之例示性實 例包括但不限於2·氮雜雙、7_氮雜雙環 [2.2.1] 庚基、2-氮雜雙環[32〇]庚基、3_氮雜雙環[32〇]庚 基、氮雜螺[2·4]庚基、5-氮雜螺[2_4]庚基、2_氧雜·5_氮 雜雙%[2·2.1]庚基、4·氮關[2.5]辛基、5_氮雜螺[2.5]辛 ^ 氮雜螺[3.4]辛基、6-氮雜螺[3.4]辛基、4-氧雜·7_氮 雜螺[2·5]辛基、2·氮雜雙環[2.2.2]辛基、1,3_二氮雜雙環 [2.2.2] 辛基、%氮雜螺[3.5]壬基、6-氮雜螺[3·5]壬基、5_ 側氧基_8_氣雜螺[3.5]壬基、人氫環戊[c]«比η各基、八氫 喹秦基、2,3,4,6,7,9a-六氫-1Η-喹嗪基、十氫吡啶并 S’2-am呼基、十氫-1H-«比咬并[l,2-a]氮啐基、b氮雜雙 %[2_2’1]1基、1遣雜雙環[3.3.1]壬基、奎寧環基、及1_ 氮雜雙環[4.4.0]癸基。 156715.doc 57· 201249840 本發明所用之術語「經基伸絲」意指本發明所定義經 由本發明所定義之伸烷基連接至母體分子部分之至少一個 羥基。羥基伸烷基之例示性實例包括但不限於羥基亞曱 基、2-羥基-伸乙基、3-羥基伸丙基及4_羥基伸庚基。 本發明所用之術語「部分」係指分子之特定片段或官能 團。化學部分通常視為包埋於分子中或連接至分子上之化 學實體。 本發明所用之術語「磺醯基」係指_s卜〇)2_R,其中尺選 自由以下組成之群:烷基、環烷基、芳基、雜芳基(經由 環碳鍵結)及雜環烷基(經由環碳鍵結)。 本發明所用之術語「乙醯基」係指式_c(=〇)CH3之基 團。 本發明所用之術語「異氰酸基」係指式_NC〇之基團。 本發明所用之術語「氰硫基」係指式_CNS之基團。 本發明所用之術語「異硫氰酸基」係指式_NCS之基 團。 如本發明所用,單獨出現且並無數字指示之取代基 「R」係指選自烷基、環烷基、芳基、雜芳基(經由環碳鍵 結)及非芳族雜環(經由環碳鍵結)之取代基。 術語「經取代」意指所提及基團視需要經一或多個個別 地及獨立地選自以下之其他基團取代(經取代或未經取 代).烷基、環烷基、芳基、雜芳基、雜脂環族基團、羥 基、烧氧基、芳氧基、疏基、院硫基、芳硫基、炫基亞 砜、芳基亞砜、烷基砜、芳基砜、氰基、鹵基、羰基、硫 -58 - 156715.doc ⑧ 201249840 代幾基、異氰酸基、氰硫基、異硫氰酸基、硝基、全齒代 烷基、全氟烷基、甲矽烷基、及胺基(包括經單_及二取代 之胺基)、及其經保護之衍生物。舉例而言,可選取代基 係LSRS,其中各]^獨立地選自鍵、_〇_、= 、_^、 -s(=0)-、-S(=〇)2-、-NH-、-NHC(〇)-、_C(〇)NH_、 S(=0)2NH-、-NHS(=0)2、-0C(0)NH·、-NHC(0)〇、·(經取 代或未經取代2Cl-C6烷基)或·(經取代或未經取代之C2_Ce 稀基);且各Rs獨立地選自Η、(經取代或未經取代之低碳 烷基)、(經取代或未經取代之低碳環烷基)、雜芳基或雜烷 基》 術》α保護基團」係指如下可去除基團:其可改良官能 團(例如,羥基、酮或胺)之反應性’防止在合成程序期間 發生不期望反應且隨後去除。羥基保護基團之實例包括但 不限於甲硫基甲基、第三-二甲基甲矽烷基、第三-丁基二 苯基甲矽烷基、醚(例如曱氧基甲基)、及酯(包括乙醯基' 苯甲醯基、及諸如此類)。酮保護基團之實例包括但不限 於縮醛、肟、〇·取代肟(例如〇-苄基肟、〇-苯基硫基甲基 肟)、1-異丙基環己基肟、及諸如此類。胺保護基團之實例 包括但不限於第三丁氧基羰基(Boc)及苄氧羰基(Cbz)。 本發明所定義之術語「視需要經取代」意指參考基團經 本發明所定義之零個、一或多個取代基取代。 在—些實施例中’本發明所述化合物以立體異構體形式 存在其中存在不對稱或對掌性中心。端視對掌性碳原子 周圍之取代基的構型而定,將立體異構體表示為(R)或 156715.doc -59- 201249840 (S)。本發明所用之術語⑻及(s)係jupac 197400, ^, base also includes all rings > . The term heterocycloalkanediose and oligosaccharide t^carbohydrate, including but not limited to monosaccharides, = "heterocycle" refers to the heteroaryl and heterocycloalkyl groups used in the present invention, which are long, 曰B 1 to 4 Each of the heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of ruthenium, S&N, wherein each heterocyclic group has 4 to 〇 atoms in the support of the ring, the US group, and the premise that the soil does not contain two An adjacent 0 or S atom. In the present invention:::: the number of carbon atoms in the heterocycle (for example, the heart ^, etc., two other atoms (heteroatoms), such as the W heterocycle", the amount in the -= towel carbon family, Μ refers to the ring towel atom The total number of sub-""through the order, it should be understood that the 'heterocyclic ring has other heterogeneous numbers in the ring, m 4 6-membered heterocyclic ring" and the like refers to the total number of atoms contained in the ring = ie, 4 members, 5 members or 6 a member ring 'in which at least one atomic carbon precursor is Γ: an atomic hetero atom and the remaining 2 to 4 atomic carbon atoms or oxime in the embodiment 'in two or more heteroatoms, Two or more heteroatoms are the same or different from each other. In the -i embodiment, the heterocycle is optionally substituted. In some embodiments, at the heteroatom or via a carbon atom, the "heterocycloalkane" The group includes a group having only 4 atoms, but the heteroaryl group has 5 atoms in its ring system. The heterocyclic group includes a benzo-doping ring system. One example of the group 4 is a heterocyclic butyl group. (Derived from a gas-heterocyclic butyl burning) The 5th member of the heterozygous group is the winter sitting group. The example of the 6-membered heterocyclic group is t 156715.doc 8 •54· 2012498 Examples of the 40-group, and 1-membered heterocyclic group are quinolyl groups. Examples of heterocyclic leukosyl groups are pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, dihydrofuranyl, tetrahydron-decyl, tetraapyridyl, Dihydropyranyl, tetrahydrothiopyranyl, ruthenium-hexahydrogen, decyl, hydrazine-sulfonyl, hydrazine, hexahydro, hexanyl Cyclobutyl, oxetanyl, thioheterobutyl, high hexahydropyridyl, oxetanyl, thiomethyl, oxazolidinyl, diazepeq, thioxime, 1,2,3,6-tetrahydrogen ratio ° base, 2-. Ratio" each leaching base, 3-° Β 琳 琳, dihydro β 引 朵, 2Η- ° than 喃, 4Η- ° σ 南 、, ° 恶 恶, 1,3-dioxolyl, pyrazolinyl, dithiaalkyl, dithiolanyl, dihydropyranyl, dihydro sinyl, Dihydrofuranyl, pyridyl, azide, imidazolyl, imipenyl, 3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexyl, 3-azabicyclo[4.1.0]heptyl, 3 吲Examples of fluorenyl and quinone. Examples of heteroaryl are η-pyridyl, imidazolyl, pyrimidinyl, cyano. Tetras-sulphate, indoleyl, thiophene, iso-octagonal, sitting, ridge, stagnation, stagnation, stagnation, heterosexual beta, base ratio, ratio, base, porphyrin Quinolinyl, fluorenyl, benzimidazolyl, benzofuranyl, porphyrinyl, oxazolyl, pyridazinyl, hydrazine, pyridazinyl, triazinyl, isodecyl, acridine Base, mercapto, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, furazanyl, benzofurazinyl, benzothienyl, benzothiazolyl, benzoxazolyl, porphyrinyl, quinoxalinyl , naphthyridinyl and furopyridinyl. In some embodiments, the above-described groups derived from the groups listed above are attached to or attached to c where possible. For example, in some embodiments In the case, the group derived from pyrrole is in the range of -1 -yl (attached to oxime) or ηbilor-3-yl (attached to c). Further 'in some embodiments' the group derived from imidazole is imidazolium- or oxazol-3-yl (both attached to ν) or imidaz-yl, imidazolyl or imi- 156715 .doc -55· 201249840 5-base (all attached to C). Heterocyclic groups include benzofused ring systems and ring systems substituted with one or two pendant oxy (= fluorene) moieties (eg, pyrrolidin-2-indole). In some embodiments, depending on the structure The heterocyclic group is a monovalent group or a divalent group (that is, a heterocyclic group). The heterocyclic ring of the present invention is substituted with hydrazine, i, 2, 3, or 4 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkenyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkyl, Alkylcarbonyl, alkylcarbonyloxy, alkylthio, alkylthioalkyl, alkynyl, carboxy, cyano, fluorenyl, dentate alkoxy, haloalkyl, _, hydroxy, hydroxy Alkyl, fluorenyl, nitro, _NRaRb, and -(NRaRb) groups. "Hypercycloalkoxy" means a heterocycloalkyl group as defined herein appended to the parent molecular moiety through an alkoxy group. -#Cycloalkylthio" refers to a heterocycloalkyl group as defined herein appended to the parent molecular moiety through a sulfur-burning group. The term "heterocyclooxy" refers to a heterocycloalkyl group as defined in the present invention which is attached to the parent molecular moiety through an oxygen atom. The term "heterocyclicthio" refers to a heterocycloalkyl group as defined in the present invention which is attached to the parent molecular moiety through a sulfur atom. The term "heteroaryl alkoxy" refers to a heteroaryl group as defined herein appended to the parent molecular moiety through a pendant oxy group. The term "heteroarylalkylthio" is defined as a heteroaryl group as defined herein appended to the parent molecular moiety through an alkanethiol. The term "heteroaryloxy" refers to a heteroaryl group attached to the parent molecular moiety through an oxygen atom. 1567I5.doc 8 -56 - 201249840 The term "heteroarylthio" refers to a heteroaryl group of the invention which is attached to the parent molecular moiety through a sulfur atom. New, in some embodiments, the term "member ring" encompasses any ring structure. ». "A member" is intended to mean the number of skeleton atoms that make up the ring. Thus, for example, 5' cyclohexyl...(4)" is a 5-membered ring of a cyclamate, a 6-membered ring, and a cyclic fluorenyl group, a 0-to-0, a furan, and a thiophene.丄:: The term "non-aromatic 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 1 〇, " or ", 衣衣j" is used in the context of the invention as defined by two carbon rings (on the same carbon atom) (forms a spiro structure) or a different carbon atom (where two rings share - or a plurality of bonds) and consists of 5 to 12 originals in their overall ring system: (where one of the rings is formed Or a heterocyclic alkyl group of a plurality of atomic heteroatoms. Non-limiting examples of non-6^^^^, oxime or bicyclic heterocycles include, but are not limited to, 2 azabi, 7-azabicyclo[2.2 .1] heptyl, 2-azabicyclo[32〇]heptyl, 3-azabicyclo[32〇]heptyl, azaspiro[2·4]heptyl, 5-azaspiro[2_4]heptane Base, 2_oxa·5_azabis%[2·2.1]heptyl, 4·nitrogen off [2.5]octyl, 5-azaspiro[2.5]octylazinospiro[3.4]octyl, 6-Azaspiro[3.4]octyl, 4-oxa-7-azaspiro[2·5]octyl, 2·azabicyclo[2.2.2]octyl, 1,3-diazabicyclo [2.2.2] Octyl, % azaspiro[3.5]fluorenyl, 6-azaspiro[3·5]fluorenyl, 5_sideoxy_8_gashelix[3.5]fluorenyl, human hydrogen ring Ethylene [c]« is more specific than η, octahydroquinolinyl, 2,3,4,6, 7,9a-hexahydro-1Η-quinazinyl, decahydropyridinium S'2-amhyl, decahydro-1H-« than bite [l,2-a]azinyl, b azabis [2_2'1]1 base, 1 heterobicyclo[3.3.1] mercapto, quinuclidinyl, and 1_azabicyclo[4.4.0]decyl. 156715.doc 57· 201249840 The term used in the present invention By stretched yarn is meant at least one hydroxyl group attached to the parent molecular moiety through a stretch alkyl group as defined by the present invention as defined herein. Illustrative examples of hydroxyalkylene include, but are not limited to, hydroxyindenylene, 2-hydroxy- Ethyl, 3-hydroxyl-propyl and 4-hydroxyl-heptyl. The term "portion" as used in the present invention refers to a specific fragment or functional group of a molecule. The chemical moiety is generally considered to be embedded in or attached to the molecule. Chemical entity. The term "sulfonyl" as used in the present invention means _sb)2_R, wherein the ruler is selected from the group consisting of alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl (via ring carbon bonds) And a heterocycloalkyl group (bonded via a ring carbon). The term "ethinyl" as used in the present invention refers to a group of the formula _c(=〇)CH3. The term "isocyanato group" as used in the present invention refers to a group of the formula _NC〇. The term "thiocyanato" as used in the present invention refers to a group of the formula -CNS. The term "isothiocyanato group" as used in the present invention refers to a group of the formula -NCS. As used herein, the substituent "R", which appears alone and without a numerical designation, is selected from alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl (via ring carbon linkage) and non-aromatic heterocycle (via a substituent of a ring carbon bond). The term "substituted" means that the group as referred to is optionally substituted (substituted or unsubstituted) with one or more other groups individually and independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl. , heteroaryl, heteroalicyclic, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, sulfhydryl, thiol, arylthio, sulfathion, aryl sulfoxide, alkyl sulfone, aryl sulfone , cyano, halo, carbonyl, sulphur -58 - 156715.doc 8 201249840 oxime, isocyanate, thiocyanyl, isothiocyanate, nitro, fully dentate alkyl, perfluoroalkyl , a mercaptoalkyl group, and an amine group (including mono- and disubstituted amine groups), and protected derivatives thereof. For example, an optional substituent is LSRS, wherein each ^^ is independently selected from the group consisting of a bond, _〇_, =, _^, -s(=0)-, -S(=〇)2-, -NH- , -NHC(〇)-, _C(〇)NH_, S(=0)2NH-, -NHS(=0)2, -0C(0)NH·, -NHC(0)〇,·(substituted or Unsubstituted 2Cl-C6 alkyl) or (substituted or unsubstituted C2_Ce dilute); and each Rs is independently selected from hydrazine, (substituted or unsubstituted lower alkyl), (substituted Or an unsubstituted lower cycloalkyl), heteroaryl or heteroalkyl group means a removable group which can improve the reaction of a functional group (for example, a hydroxyl group, a ketone or an amine). Sexuality prevents undesired reactions from occurring during the synthesis procedure and subsequent removal. Examples of hydroxy protecting groups include, but are not limited to, methylthiomethyl, tris-dimethylformamidinyl, tert-butyldiphenylcarbamyl, ether (eg, decyloxymethyl), and esters. (including acetyl benzyl benzoyl, and the like). Examples of the ketone protecting group include, but are not limited to, acetal, hydrazine, hydrazine-substituted hydrazine (e.g., fluorenyl-benzyl hydrazine, fluorenyl-phenylthiomethyl hydrazine), 1-isopropylcyclohexyl hydrazine, and the like. Examples of amine protecting groups include, but are not limited to, tert-butoxycarbonyl (Boc) and benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz). The term "optionally substituted" as defined herein means that the reference group is substituted with zero, one or more substituents as defined herein. In some embodiments, the compounds of the invention exist in stereoisomeric forms in which an asymmetric or palmar center is present. The stereoisomer is represented by (R) or 156715.doc -59-201249840 (S) depending on the configuration of the substituent around the palm carbon atom. The terms (8) and (s) used in the present invention are jupac 1974
Recommendations for Section E, Fundamental Stereochemistry, Pure Appl.Chem”(1976),45:13-30(以引用方式併入本文 中)中所定義的構型。本發明所述之實施例具體而言包括 各種立體異構體及其混合物。立體異構體包括對映異構 體、非對映異構體、及對映異構體或非對映異構體之混合 物。在一些實施例中,以合成方式自含有不對稱或對掌性 中心之市售起始材料來製備化合物之個別立體異構體,或 藉由製備外消旋混合物隨後拆分製得。該等拆分方法例示 如下:(1)將對映異構體混合物附接至對掌性助劑上,藉 由重結晶或層析分離非對映異構體之所得混合物並自助劑 釋放光學純產物,或(2)在對掌性層析管柱上直接分離光 學對映異構體之混合物。 本發明所述之方法及調配物包括使时發明所述化合物 之N-氧化物、結晶形式(亦稱為多晶型物)或醫藥上可接受 之鹽、《及具有相同類型活性之該等化合物的活性代謝 物°在-些情況下’化合物以互變異構體形式存在。所有 互變異構體皆涵蓋於本發明所提供化合物之範圍内。在一 些實施例中,本發明所述化合物以非溶劑合物形式以及與 醫藥上可接受之溶劑(例如水、乙醇及諸如此類)的溶劑合 物形式存在。本發明所提供化合物之溶劑合物形式亦 本發明所揭示之化合物。 … 選擇基團及其取代 在說明書通篇中,在某些實施例中 基以提供穩定部分及化合物。 156715.doc 201249840 本發明所述化合物之製備 在某些實施例中,使用任一合成技術來合成本發明所述 化合物’包括標準合成技術及本發明所述之合成方法。在 具體實施例中,利用下列合成方法》 合成反應圖 在某些實施例中’以各種方式來製備式⑴化合物(包括 la至If),如合成反應圖1及2中所述。在每一反應圖中,變 量(例如,R!、R2、r3 ' r4、r5、γ、及z)對應於與彼等在 上文所述者相同之定義,而R係烷基且γ·係由γ定義之相同 或不同基圈且Ζ’係由Ζ定義之相同或不同基團。在一些實 施例中’使用類似於彼等闡述於下文者之方法藉由使用適 當替代起始材料來合成化合物。 在某些實施例中,根據合成反應圖i來合成式(Ia、及Ib) 化合物(其中Y與Z相同)。因此,藉由在環境溫度或高溫下 使用醛2在鹼(較佳係鹼性醇鹽)存在下於適當溶劑(例如乙 酸乙酯或丙酸乙酯)中對4-胺基異苯并呋喃-i(3H)-酮1實施 縮合來製備中間體3(其中Rs係氫)。藉由在環境溫度或高溫 下使用水合肼處理中間體3來製備式la化合物(其中Rs係 氩)。藉由還原胺化反應使用KHO(其中R7係烷基、經取 代烷基)自式la化合物(其中R5係氫)來製備式13化合物(其 中R5係烷基或經取代烷基)。在一些實施例中,藉由進一 步修飾la來製備式lb化合物。經由在γ及ζ部分上實施適當 之官能團轉化’可獲得在2-或3位處具有不同之γ·及ζ,實體 的式lb化合物。 156715.doc • 61 · 201249840 合成反應圖1The configuration defined in Recommendations for Section E, Fundamental Stereochemistry, Pure Appl. Chem" (1976), 45: 13-30 (incorporated herein by reference). The embodiments described herein specifically include various Stereoisomers and mixtures thereof. Stereoisomers include enantiomers, diastereomers, and mixtures of enantiomers or diastereomers. In some embodiments, synthetic The individual stereoisomers of the compounds are prepared from commercially available starting materials containing asymmetric or palmitic centers, or by preparative resolution of the racemic mixture. The resolution methods are illustrated as follows: (1) Attaching an enantiomeric mixture to a palmitic adjuvant, separating the resulting mixture of diastereomers by recrystallization or chromatography and releasing the optically pure product by a self-help agent, or (2) in the palm Direct separation of the mixture of optical enantiomers on a chromatography column. The methods and formulations of the present invention comprise an N-oxide, crystalline form (also known as a polymorph) of the compound of the invention. Or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, Active metabolites of such compounds having the same type of activity. In some cases the compounds are present as tautomers. All tautomers are encompassed within the scope of the compounds provided herein. In some embodiments The compounds of the present invention exist in the form of unsolvated forms and solvates with pharmaceutically acceptable solvents such as water, ethanol, and the like. The solvated forms of the compounds provided herein are also disclosed herein. Compounds and their substitutions throughout the specification, in some embodiments, to provide stable moieties and compounds. 156715.doc 201249840 Preparation of Compounds of the Invention In certain embodiments, A synthetic technique for the synthesis of the compounds of the invention' includes standard synthetic techniques and synthetic methods of the invention. In specific embodiments, the following synthetic methods are utilized: Synthetic reaction schemes are prepared in various ways in certain embodiments. a compound of formula (1) (including la to If), as described in the synthesis schemes in Figures 1 and 2. In each reaction diagram, the variables ( For example, R!, R2, r3 'r4, r5, γ, and z) correspond to the same definitions as those described above, and R is an alkyl group and γ is the same or different base defined by γ. Circles and Ζ' are the same or different groups defined by 。. In some embodiments, 'the compounds are synthesized using methods similar to those described in the following by using suitable alternative starting materials. In some embodiments The compound of the formula (Ia, and Ib) is synthesized according to the synthesis reaction scheme i (wherein Y is the same as Z). Therefore, by using the aldehyde 2 at an ambient temperature or a high temperature in the presence of a base (preferably a basic alkoxide) Intermediate 3 (wherein Rs is hydrogen) is prepared by subjecting 4-aminoisobenzofuran-i(3H)-one 1 to condensation in a suitable solvent such as ethyl acetate or ethyl propionate. The compound of formula la (wherein Rs is argon) is prepared by treating intermediate 3 with hydrazine hydrate at ambient or elevated temperature. The compound of formula 13 (wherein R5 alkyl or substituted alkyl) is prepared by reductive amination using KHO (wherein R7 is an alkyl group, substituted alkyl) from a compound of formula la (wherein R5 is hydrogen). In some embodiments, the compound of formula lb is prepared by further modifying la. A compound of formula lb having a different gamma and oxime at the 2- or 3-position can be obtained by carrying out a suitable functional group conversion on the gamma and oxime moieties. 156715.doc • 61 · 201249840 Synthesis Reaction Figure 1
在某些實施例中,根據合成反應圖2來合成化合物式 (Ic、及Id)。舉例而言,藉由在尚溫下使用酸4在水吸收劑 (例如硫酸鈉或硫酸鎂)存在下對試劑i進行縮合來製備中間 體5 °在環境或高溫下在鹼(較佳係鹼性醇鹽)存在下於適當 溶劑(例如乙酸乙酯或丙酸乙酯)中使此中間體與另一搭進 行後續縮合反應’得到中間體6(其中&係氫)。藉由在環境 溫度或高溫下使用水合肼處理中間體6來製備式Ic化合物 (其中係氫)。藉由還原胺化反應使用R7-CHO(其中尺7係 烷基、或經取代烷基)自式Ic化合物(其中R5係氫)來製備式 Ic化合物(其中Rs係烷基、經取代烷基)。在一些實施例 中’藉由進一步修飾1(;來製備式Id化合物。經由對Y及Z部 分實施適當官能團轉化,可獲得在2_或3位具有不同γι及Z, 實體之式Ic化合物。 合成反應圖2In certain embodiments, the compound formula (Ic, and Id) is synthesized according to the synthesis reaction scheme 2. For example, the intermediate 5 is prepared by condensing the reagent i in the presence of a water absorbent (for example, sodium sulfate or magnesium sulfate) at a temperature of about 5 ° in the environment or at a high temperature in a base (preferably a base). This intermediate is subjected to a subsequent condensation reaction with another in the presence of a suitable alkoxide (e.g., ethyl acetate or ethyl propionate) to give intermediate 6 (where & hydrogen). The compound of formula Ic (where hydrogen is employed) is prepared by treating intermediate 6 with hydrazine hydrate at ambient or elevated temperature. Preparation of a compound of formula Ic (wherein Rs is an alkyl group, substituted alkyl group) by reductive amination using R7-CHO (wherein a determinant 7 alkyl group or a substituted alkyl group) from a compound of formula Ic (wherein R5 is hydrogen) ). In some embodiments, 'compounds of formula Id are prepared by further modification 1 (by formulating the appropriate functional group conversion of the Y and Z moieties, a compound of formula Ic having a different gamma and Z, at the 2 or 3 position, can be obtained. Synthesis reaction diagram 2
國際專利公開案第WO 2010/017055 A2號(其全部内容以 引用方式併入本申請案中)之實例2_159揭示式⑴化合物之 實例性合成。 156715.doc ⑧ -62· 201249840 某些醫藥術語 本毛明所用關於調配物、組合物或成分之術語「可接 受」意指對於所治療個體之一般健康狀況並無持續之有害 效應。 本發明所用之術語Γ選擇性結合化合物」係指選擇性地 結合至一或多種靶蛋白之任一部分的化合物。 本發明所用之術語「選擇性地結合」係指選擇性結合化 σ物以較其結合非靶蛋白之親和力為大之親和力結合靶蛋 白(例如,PARP)的能力。在某些實施例中,特異性結合係 扣以較對於非靶之親和力大至少約10倍、約50倍、約1()0 倍、約250倍、約5〇〇倍、約1〇〇〇倍或更多倍的親和力與靶 結合。 本發明所用之術語「乾蛋白」係指選擇性結合化合物能 ° ° 5之蛋白質分子或蛋白質的一部分。在某些實施例 中靶蛋白係酶聚(ADP-核糖)聚合酶(pARp) ^ 「本發明所用之術言吾「治療」(「treating」或 treatment」)涵蓋反應性及預防性措施中之一者或兩 者例如,經設計以抑^、減緩或延遲疾病或病症症狀之 發作、疋王或部分減小症狀或疾病狀態,及/或減輕、改 善、減弱、或治癒疾病或病症及/或其症狀。 本發月所用,藉由投與特定化合物或醫藥組合物來改 =特疋病症之症狀係指可歸因於投與所述化合物或組合物 或與其有關之持久性或暫時性、持續性或短暫性之任何嚴 重程度減輕、發作延遲、進展減緩、或持續時間縮短。 I567I5.doc •63- 201249840 本發月所用之術語「調節劑」係指改變分子活性之化合 物例如,調節劑包括與不存在調節劑下分子某一活性之 量級相比可引起該活性之量級增加或降低的化合物。在某 -實施例中調劑係抑制劑,其使分子之—或多種活性 的罝級降低。在某些實施例中,抑制劑完全阻止分子之一 或夕種活性。在某些實施例中,調節劑係激活劑,其使分 子之至乂 一種活性的量級增加。在某些實施例中,存在調 節劑會導致產生在不存在調節劑下不存在之活性。 本發明所用之術語「選擇性調節劑J係指選擇性調節靶 活性之化合物。 本發明所用之術語「PARP」係指酶聚(ADp_核糖)聚合 酶家族,其包括大約18種蛋白質,尤其係聚(ADP_核糖)聚 〇 -1 (PARP-1)及聚(ADP-核糖)聚合酶 _2 (parp_2)。 本發明所用之術語「選擇性pARp調節劑」係指選擇性 調節與酶聚(ADP-核糖)聚合酶(PARP)有關之至少一種活性 的化合物》在各個實施例中,選擇性調節劑會選擇性調節 PARP-1、PARP_2、PARp_apARp_2二者或酶聚(ADp 核 糖)聚合酶(PARP)家族之若干成員的活性。 本發明所用之術語「抑制PARP之方法」係指抑制酶聚 (ADP-核糖)聚合酶(PARP)家族中之一或多者之活性的方 法。本發明所用之術語「抑制PARP」係指抑制酶聚(ADI 核糖)聚合酶(PARP)家族中之一或多者的活性。 本發明所用之術語「調節酶聚(ADP-核糖)聚合酶之活 性」係指調節酶聚(ADP-核糖)聚合酶(PARP)家族中之—或 •64- 156715.doc ⑧ 201249840 多者的活性。 本發明所用之術語「選擇性調節」係指選擇性調節劑較 其調節非靶活性將靶活性調節較大程度的能力。在某些實 施例中’將免活性選擇性調節(例如)約2倍直至大於約_ 倍在一些實施例中、約為2、5、10、50、1〇〇、15〇、 2〇〇、25G、3〇G、35G、彻、45()或大於刚倍。 、本發明所用之術語「癌症」係指細胞趨向於以非受控方 式增殖且在-些情形下轉移(擴散)的異常生長。癌症之類 型包括但不限於實體腫瘤(例如以下彼等腫瘤:膀胱、 腸、腦、乳房、子宮内膜、心臟、腎、肺、淋巴組織(淋 巴瘤)、印巢、騰腺或其他内分泌器官(甲狀腺)、前列腺、 皮膚(黑素瘤))或血液學腫瘤(例如白血病md^a叫。 本發明所用之術語「載劑」係指有利於將化合物納入細 胞或組織中之相對無毒化合物或試劑。 本發明所用之術語「共投與」或類似用語意欲涵蓋向單 -患者投與所選治療劑,且意欲包括”藥劑以相同或不 同投與途經或在相同或不同時間投與之治療方案。 術語「稀釋劑」係'指用於在遞送之前稀釋目標化合物之 化合物。稀釋社括用於@提供更穩定環境而穩定化合物 之化學物質。在某些實施例中,利轉於緩衝溶液中之鹽 (其亦可控制或維持pH)作為稀釋劑,包括但不限於填酸鹽 緩衝鹽水溶液。 本發明所用之術語「有效量」或「治療有效量」係指足 以將所治療疾病或病狀之-或多種症狀減輕-定程度之所 156715.docExample 2 - 159 of International Patent Publication No. WO 2010/017055 A2, the entire contents of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety, the disclosure of the disclosure of the entire disclosure of the disclosure of the disclosure of the disclosure of the disclosure of the disclosure of 156715.doc 8 -62· 201249840 Certain medical terms The term "acceptable" as used in relation to a formulation, composition or ingredient is meant to have no detrimental effect on the general health of the individual being treated. As used herein, the term "selective binding compound" refers to a compound that selectively binds to any portion of one or more target proteins. As used herein, the term "selectively binds" refers to the ability of a selectively bound sigma to bind to a target protein (e.g., PARP) with greater affinity than its affinity for binding to a non-target protein. In certain embodiments, the specific binding clasp is at least about 10 fold, about 50 fold, about 1 () 0 fold, about 250 fold, about 5 fold fold, about 1 fold greater than the affinity for the non-target. 〇 or more times the affinity binds to the target. As used herein, the term "dry protein" refers to a portion of a protein molecule or protein that selectively binds to a compound. In certain embodiments, the target protein-based enzyme poly(ADP-ribose) polymerase (pARp) ^ "the "treating" or "treatment" used in the present invention encompasses reactive and preventive measures. Either or both, for example, designed to suppress, delay or delay the onset of a disease or condition, to reduce or ameliorate a disease or condition, and/or to alleviate, ameliorate, attenuate, or cure a disease or condition and/or Or its symptoms. As used in this month, by administering a particular compound or pharmaceutical composition, the symptoms of a particular condition are attributable to the administration or persistence or temporary, persistence or association of the compound or composition. Any severity of transient loss, delayed onset, slowed progression, or reduced duration. I567I5.doc •63- 201249840 The term “modulator” as used in this month refers to a compound that alters the activity of a molecule. For example, a modulator includes an amount that causes the activity compared to the magnitude of a certain activity of a molecule in the absence of a modulator. A compound that increases or decreases in grade. In certain embodiments, the agent is an inhibitor that reduces the enthalpy of the molecule's activity or activities. In certain embodiments, the inhibitor completely blocks one or both of the molecules. In certain embodiments, the modulator is an activator that increases the amount of the molecule to the level of one activity. In certain embodiments, the presence of a conditioning agent results in an activity that is not present in the absence of a conditioning agent. The term "selective modulator J" as used in the present invention refers to a compound which selectively modulates the activity of a target. The term "PARP" as used in the present invention refers to a family of enzyme poly(ADp_ribose) polymerases comprising about 18 proteins, in particular Condensed (ADP_ribose) polypurin-1 (PARP-1) and poly(ADP-ribose) polymerase_2 (parp_2). As used herein, the term "selective pARp modulator" refers to a compound that selectively modulates at least one activity associated with enzymatic poly(ADP-ribose) polymerase (PARP). In various embodiments, a selective modulator will select Sexually modulates the activity of several members of the PARP-1, PARP_2, PARp_apARp_2 or enzyme poly(ADp ribose) polymerase (PARP) family. The term "method of inhibiting PARP" as used in the present invention refers to a method of inhibiting the activity of one or more of the enzyme poly(ADP-ribose) polymerase (PARP) family. The term "inhibiting PARP" as used in the present invention refers to the activity of inhibiting one or more of the enzyme poly(ADI ribose) polymerase (PARP) family. The term "regulating enzyme poly(ADP-ribose) polymerase activity" as used in the present invention refers to a regulatory enzyme poly(ADP-ribose) polymerase (PARP) family - or • 64-156715.doc 8 201249840 active. As used herein, the term "selective modulation" refers to the ability of a selective modulator to modulate the target activity to a greater extent than its ability to modulate non-target activity. In certain embodiments, the activity-free selectivity is adjusted, for example, by about 2 times up to about _ times, in some embodiments, about 2, 5, 10, 50, 1 〇〇, 15 〇, 2 〇〇. , 25G, 3〇G, 35G, complete, 45 () or greater than just double. As used herein, the term "cancer" refers to abnormal growth of cells that tend to proliferate in an uncontrolled manner and in some cases metastasize (diffuse). Types of cancer include, but are not limited to, solid tumors (eg, the following tumors: bladder, intestine, brain, breast, endometrium, heart, kidney, lung, lymphoid tissue (lymphoma), nest, gonads, or other endocrine organs) (thyroid), prostate, skin (melanoma) or hematological tumor (eg leukemia md^a. The term "carrier" as used in the present invention refers to a relatively non-toxic compound that facilitates the incorporation of a compound into a cell or tissue or The term "co-administered" or similar terms as used herein is intended to encompass the administration of a selected therapeutic agent to a single-patient, and is intended to include "the treatment of the agents with the same or different routes of administration or at the same or different times. The term "diluent" is used to mean a compound that is used to dilute a target compound prior to delivery. The dilution includes a chemical that is used to provide a more stable environment to stabilize the compound. In certain embodiments, the benefit is transferred to a buffer solution. a salt (which may also control or maintain pH) as a diluent, including but not limited to a salt buffered saline solution. The term "effective amount" as used herein Or "therapeutically effective amount" means sufficient to treat a disease or condition of being - or more symptoms - given the extent of the 156715.doc
S -65- 201249840 投與藥劑或化合物的量。結果包括疾病體徵、症狀或病因 之減少及/或減輕或生物系統之任何其他期望變化。舉例 而言’對於治療用途而言,「 从 有政量」係使疾病症狀在臨 床上顯者減輕之包含太雜明%祖_ 13不^明所揭不化合物之組合物的量。 使用諸如劑量遞增研穿堃/ ^ ^ a所九寻任一適宜技術來測定任一個別情 形下之適當「有效量」。 本發明所用之術言吾「增強」(「enhance」或 「—Μ」)意指增加期望效冑。因此,對於增強治療 劑之效應而言,術語「增強」係指增加系統中其他治療劑 之效應之功效或延長其持續時間的能力。本發明所用之 「增強有效量」係指足以增強期望系統中另一治療劑之效 應之量。 本發明所用之術語「酶促裂解連結體」係指由一或多種 酶分解之不穩定或可分解連結體。 本發明所用之術語「PARp_調介」係指藉由酶聚(ADp- 核糖)聚合酶(PARP)家族中之一或多者改善的病狀或病 症。 本發明所揭示化合物之「代謝物」係化合物代謝時所形 成之該化合物的衍生物。術語「活性代謝物」係指化合物 代謝時所形成之化合物的生物活性衍生物。本發明所用之 術語「代謝」係指有機體改變特定物質所經由之過程(包 括但不限於水解反應及由酶催化之反應)的總和。因此, 在某些情形下,酶使化合物發生特定結構改變。在一些實 施例中,藉由將化合物投與宿主並分析來自宿主之組織試 156715.doc 你 ⑧ 201249840 樣或藉由將化合物與肝細胞在活體外一起培育並分析所 得化合物來鑑別本發明所揭示化合物之代謝物。 本發明所用之術語「調節」意指直接或間接與靶相互作 用以改變靶之活性,包括(僅舉例而言)增強靶之活性、抑 制靶之活性、限制靶之活性或擴展靶之活性。 本發明所用之「醫藥上可接受之」或「治療上可接受 之」係指不會消除化合物之生物活性或性質、且相對無毒 之材料,例如載劑或稀釋劑。在某些情形下,無毒及非消 除性材料包括如下材料:在投與個體時,其不會引起實質 性、不期望生物效應及/或並不以有害方式與含有其之組 合物中之任一組份相互作用。 術語「醫藥上可接受之鹽」或「治療上可接受之鹽」係 指如下化合物之調配物:其不會對投與其之有機體引起顯 著刺激且不會消除化合物之生物活性及性質。在某些情形 下,藉由使本發明所述之化合物與無機酸(例如,鹽酸、 氫溴酸、硫酸、硝酸、磷酸、甲磺酸、乙磺酸、對曱笨磺 酸、水揚酸及諸如此類)反應來獲得醫藥上可接受之鹽。 在-些情形下,藉由使本發明所述具有酸性基團之化合物 與鹼反應以形成諸如下列鹽來獲得醫藥上可接受之鹽:銨 鹽;鹼金屬鹽,例如,鈉鹽或鉀鹽;驗土金層鹽,例如, 鈣鹽或鎂鹽;有機鹼之鹽,例如雙環己基胺' N_甲基 葡萄糖胺、奏(羥甲基)甲胺;及與諸如精胺酸、離胺 1酸及 諸如此類等胺基酸所形成之鹽,或藉由前文確定之其他方 法來獲得。 156715.doc -67 · 201249840 本發明所用之術語「醫藥組合」意指自混合或組合一種 以上活性成分產生之產品,且包括活性成分之固定及非固 疋組合。術語「固定組合」意指將活性成分(例如本發明 所述化合物)與辅助藥劑二者以單一實體或劑量之形式同 時投與患者。術語「非固定組合」意指將活性成分(例如 本發明所述化合物)與輔助藥劑作為單獨實體同時、並行 或依次且無具體間隔時間限制地投與患者,其中此投與可 在患者體内提供兩種化合物之有效濃度。後者亦適用於雞 尾酒療法,例如投與3種或3種以上活性成分。 術語「醫藥組合物」係指本發明所述化合物與其他化學 組份之混合物’該等其他化學組份係(例如)載劑、穩定 劑、稀釋劑、分散劑、懸浮劑、增稠劑、及/或賦形劑。 該醫藥組合物有利於將化合物投與有機體。業内已有多種 投與化合物之技術,其包括但不限於靜脈内、經口、氣溶 膠、非經腸、經眼部、經肺及局部投與。 「前藥」係指可在活體内轉化成母體藥物之藥劑。通常 使用前藥,此乃因在一些情況下其較母體藥物更容易投 與。在某些情形下,前藥可藉由經口投與供生物利用,而 母體藥物則不行。在一些情形下’前藥較母體藥物在醫藥 組合物中具有改良之溶解性。前藥之非限制性實例係可以 酯(「前藥」)形式投與以促進跨細胞膜傳送(其中水溶性對 =流動性^利)但隨後進人細胞後可代謝水解歧酸(活性 實體)(其中水溶性係、有益的)的本發明所述化合物。前藥之 另一實例可為與酸基團或胺基鍵結之短狀(聚胺基酸),、其 156715.doc • 68 - 201249840S -65- 201249840 The amount of the agent or compound administered. The results include a reduction in disease signs, symptoms or causes and/or amelioration or any other desired change in the biological system. For example, for therapeutic use, the term "from a policing" causes the symptoms of the disease to be relieved in the presence of a bed that contains too much of the composition of the compound. Any suitable technique, such as dose escalation, is used to determine the appropriate "effective amount" in any particular situation. The term "enhance" ("enhance" or "-") used in the present invention means to increase the desired effect. Thus, for enhancing the effect of a therapeutic agent, the term "enhancement" refers to the ability to increase the effect or extend the duration of the effects of other therapeutic agents in the system. As used herein, "enhancing effective amount" refers to an amount sufficient to enhance the effect of another therapeutic agent in a desired system. As used herein, the term "enzymatic cleavage linker" refers to an unstable or decomposable linker that is decomposed by one or more enzymes. The term "PARp_mediated" as used in the present invention refers to a condition or disease which is ameliorated by one or more of the enzyme poly(ADp-ribose) polymerase (PARP) family. The "metabolite" of the compound disclosed in the present invention is a derivative of the compound which is formed upon metabolism of the compound. The term "active metabolite" refers to a biologically active derivative of a compound formed upon metabolism of a compound. The term "metabolism" as used in the present invention refers to the sum of the processes by which an organism changes a particular substance, including but not limited to, a hydrolysis reaction and a reaction catalyzed by an enzyme. Thus, in some cases, the enzyme causes a specific structural change in the compound. In some embodiments, the invention is identified by administering a compound to a host and analyzing the tissue from the host, 156, 715. doc, or by incubating the compound with hepatocytes in vitro and analyzing the resulting compound. Metabolite of the compound. As used herein, the term "modulating" means directly or indirectly interacting with a target to alter the activity of the target, including, by way of example only, enhancing the activity of the target, inhibiting the activity of the target, limiting the activity of the target, or expanding the activity of the target. As used herein, "pharmaceutically acceptable" or "therapeutic" refers to a material that does not abrogate the biological activity or properties of the compound and is relatively non-toxic, such as a carrier or diluent. In certain instances, non-toxic and non-eliminating materials include materials which, when administered to an individual, do not cause substantial, undesirable biological effects and/or are not in a detrimental manner with any of the compositions contained therein. A group of interactions. The term "pharmaceutically acceptable salt" or "therapeutically acceptable salt" refers to a formulation of a compound which does not cause significant irritation to the organism to which it is administered and which does not abrogate the biological activity and properties of the compound. In some cases, by reacting a compound of the present invention with a mineral acid (for example, hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, p-sulfonic acid, salicylic acid) And the like) react to obtain a pharmaceutically acceptable salt. In some cases, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt is obtained by reacting a compound having an acidic group of the present invention with a base to form a salt such as the following: an ammonium salt; an alkali metal salt such as a sodium salt or a potassium salt. a soil salt, for example, a calcium or magnesium salt; a salt of an organic base such as dicyclohexylamine 'N-methylglucamine, serotonylmethylamine; and with, for example, arginine, an amine A salt formed by an acid or the like such as an amino acid, or obtained by other methods as defined above. 156715.doc -67 · 201249840 The term "pharmaceutical combination" as used in the present invention means a product produced by mixing or combining more than one active ingredient, and includes both fixed and non-solid combinations of the active ingredients. The term "fixed combination" means that the active ingredient (e.g., a compound of the present invention) and the auxiliary agent are administered to the patient simultaneously in the form of a single entity or dosage. The term "non-fixed combination" means that the active ingredient (eg, a compound of the present invention) is administered to the patient as a separate entity simultaneously, in parallel or sequentially and without specific time-limited restrictions, wherein the administration can be in the patient's body. The effective concentration of the two compounds is provided. The latter also applies to cocktails, such as the administration of three or more active ingredients. The term "pharmaceutical composition" means a mixture of a compound of the present invention and other chemical components. The other chemical components are, for example, carriers, stabilizers, diluents, dispersants, suspending agents, thickeners, And / or excipients. The pharmaceutical composition facilitates administration of the compound to an organism. There are a variety of techniques for administering compounds in the industry including, but not limited to, intravenous, oral, aerosol, parenteral, transocular, transpulmonary, and topical administration. "Prodrug" means an agent that can be converted into a parent drug in vivo. Prodrugs are usually used because in some cases they are easier to administer than the parent drug. In some cases, prodrugs can be administered orally for biological use, while parent drugs are not. In some cases, the prodrug has improved solubility in the pharmaceutical composition over the parent drug. Non-limiting examples of prodrugs can be administered in the form of esters ("prodrugs") to facilitate transport across the cell membrane (where water soluble versus fluidity) but then metabolized to the human cell to metabolize the acid (active entity) Compounds of the invention (where water soluble, beneficial). Another example of a prodrug may be a short (polyamino acid) bonded to an acid group or an amine group, 156715.doc • 68 - 201249840
中該肽可經代謝以顯示、、妥w A 觸不活性部分。在某些實施例中,在活 體内投與後’前藥以化學方式轉化成化合物之更具活性之 生物'醫藥或治療形式。在某些實施例中,前藥藉由-或 多個步驟或過程以酶促方式代謝成化合物之生物、醫藥或 治療活性形式。對醫藥活性化合物進行修飾以產生前藥, 由此在活體内投與後重新產生活性化合物。在一些實施例 中,·•又计則藥以改變藥物之代謝穩定性或轉運特性、掩蔽 副作用或毒性、改良藥物味道或改變藥物之其㈣性或特 徵。 術語「個體」或「患者」涵蓋哺乳動物及非哺乳動物。 哺乳動物之實例包括但不限於以下任何哺乳動物綱成員: 人類、非人靈長類,例如黑猩猩及其他猿及猴類;農業動 物,例如牛、馬、綿羊、山羊及豬丨家畜,例如兔、狗及 貓,實驗動物,包括齧齒動物,例如大鼠、小鼠及天竺鼠 及諸如此類。非哺乳動物之實例包括但不限於鳥、魚及諸 如此類。在本發明所提供方法及組合物之一實施例中,哺 乳動物係人類。 本發明所用之術語「治療」(r treat」、「treating」或 「treatment」)包括預防性及/或治療性減輕、減少或改善 疾病或病狀之症狀、預防其他症狀、改善或預防症狀之潛 在代謝病因、抑制疾病或病狀’例如,阻滯疾病或病狀發 生、減輕疾病或病狀、引起疾病或病狀消退、減輕由疾病 或病狀而引起之病狀或終止疾病或病狀之症狀。 醫藥組合物/調配物 156715.doc •69· 201249840 本發明提供醫藥組合物,其包括本發明所述化合物及醫 藥上可接受之稀釋劑、賦形劑、及/或載劑。此外,在一 些實施例中,以醫藥組合物(其中將本發明所述化合物與 其他活性成分混合)、組合療法形式來投與本發明所述化 合物。 本發明所用之醫藥組合物係指本發明所述化合物與其他 化學組份之混合物,該等其他化學組份係(例如)載劑\'穩 定劑、稀釋劑、分散劑、懸浮劑、增稠劑、及/或賦形 劑m實施例中l合物有利於向有機體投與化 合物。在-些實施射’實施本發明所提供之治療或使用 方法包括投與或使用包含治療有效量之本發明所提供化合 物的醫藥組合物。在具體實施例中,本發明提供之治療方 法包括向患有擬治療疾病或病狀之哺乳動物投與此一醫藥 組合物。在一實施例中’哺乳動物係人類。在一些實施例 中’治療有效量端視該疾病之嚴重程度、個體之年齡及相 對健康狀況、户斤用化合物之功效及其他因素而廣泛變化。. 在各個實施例中’單獨使用或與一或多種作為混合物組份 之治療劑組合使用本發明所述化合物。 在某些實施例中,將本發明所提供之醫藥組合物調配用 於靜脈内注射》在某些態樣中’將本發明所提供之靜脈内 注射調配物調配為水溶液,且在—些實施财,將其調配 至生理相容之緩衝液(例如漢克氏溶液(Hank,s s〇iuti〇n)、 林格氏溶液(Ringer,SS〇lution)、或生理鹽水緩衝液)中。在 某些實施财,將本發明所提供之醫藥組合物調配用於經 156715.doc -70· 201249840 黏膜投與。在一些態樣中,經黏膜調配物包括適於透過障 壁之滲透劑。在某些實施例中,將本發明所提供之醫藥組 &物調配用於其他非經腸注射,適當調配物包括水溶液或 非水性溶液、及(在—實施例中)生理相容之緩衝液或賦形 劑。 在某些實施例中,將本發明所提供之醫藥組合物調配用 ;里投與在某些態樣中,本發明所提供之口服調配物 匕s與醤藥上可接受之載劑或賦形劑一起調配的本發明所 丫 a物該等載劑使得能夠將本發明所述化合物調配為 錠劑'粉末、丸劑、糖衣藥丸、膠囊、液體、凝膠、糖 漿酏齊! |液、懸浮液及諸如此類以用於由欲治療患者 經口攝入。 在一些實施例中’藉由以下方式來獲得用於口服應用之 醫樂製劑:混合一或多種固體賦形劑與一或多種本發明所 述化合物’視需要研磨所得混合物,且若需要在添加適宜 助劑之後處理粒子混合物,從而獲得錠劑或糖衣藥丸核 ^適且賦形劑尤其包括填充劑,例如糖,包括乳糖、蔗 糖、甘露醇或山梨醇;纖維素製劑,例如’玉米殿粉、小 麥羸叙、水稻澱粉、馬鈴薯澱粉、明膠、黃蓍膠、曱基纖 、隹素 '微Ba纖維素、經丙基甲基纖維素、叛甲基纖维素 納;或其他職形劑,例如聚乙稀基料咬酮(pvp或帕維酮 (P〇V1d〇ne))或碟酸約。^需要,視需要添加崩解劑,例 如交聯緩曱纖維素納、聚乙稀基〇比洛咬嗣、壤脂、或海 藻酸或其鹽(例如海藻酸鈉)。 156715.doc 201249840 在某些實施例中’本發明提供調配為具有適宜塗層之糖 衣藥丸核心之醫藥組合物。在某些實施例中,使用濃糖溶 液來形成適宜塗層,且該等濃糖溶液視需要含有阿拉伯樹 膠、滑石粉、聚乙稀基°比略唆綱、卡波普凝膠(carbopol gel)、聚乙二醇、及/或二氧化鈦、漆溶液、及適宜有機溶 劑或溶劑混合物。在一些實施例中,將染料及/或顏料添 加至錠劑、糖衣藥丸及/或其塗層中以(例如)鑑別或表徵活 性化合物劑量之不同組合。 在某些實施例中,所用醫藥製劑包括由明膠製成之經口 配合插入膠囊(push-fit capsule)、以及由明膠及增塑劑(例 如甘油或山梨醇)製成之軟密封膠囊。在一些實施例中, 該等配合插入膠囊含有混與填充劑(例如乳糖)、黏合劑(例 如殿粉)及/或满滑劑(例如滑石粉或硬脂酸鎂)及視需要穩 定劑之混合物的活性成分。在某些實施例中,在軟膠囊 中,該等活性化合物溶解或懸浮於諸如脂肪油、液體石蠟 或液體聚乙二醇等適宜液體中。此外,視需要添加穩定 劑。在某些實施例中,經口投與之調配物呈適於該投與之 劑量形式。 在某些實施例中’本發明所提供之醫藥組合物係調配成 用於經頰或舌下投與。在某些實施例中,經頰或舌下組合 物呈以習用方式調配线劑、菱形㈣、或凝膠形式。在 某些實施例中’非經腸注射涉及濃注或連續輸注^在一些 實施例中,用於注射之調配物係以單位劑型存在,例如存 於安瓶瓶(amP〇ule)或存於多劑量容器中,同時添加有㈣ 156715.doc -72- 201249840 劑。在一些實施例中’本發明所述醫藥組合物呈適於以存 於油性或水性媒劑中之無菌懸浮液、溶液或乳液形式用於 非經腸注射的形式,且視需要含有諸如懸浮劑、穩定劑、 及/或分散劑等調配劑。供非經腸投與之醫藥調配物包括 呈水溶性形式之活性化合物的水溶液。在一些實施例中, 將活性化合物之懸浮液製成適當油性注射懸浮液。適宜親 脂性溶劑或媒劑包括脂肪油(例如芝麻油)或合成脂肪酸酯 (例如油酸乙酯或甘油三酯)或脂質體。在某些實施例中, 水性注射懸浮液含有增加懸浮液黏度之物質,例如緩甲基 纖維素鈉、山梨醇或右旋糖酐。視需要,懸浮液亦含有適 宜之穩定劑或增大化合物溶解度之試劑,從而容許製備高 度濃縮溶液。在替代實施例中,活性成分呈粉末形式,以 便在使用前以適宜媒劑(例如無菌性無致熱原水)調配。 在一些貫施例中,本發明所述化合物係以局部性投與。 在具體實施例中,本發明所述化合物係調配成各種可局部 投與之組合物,例如溶液、懸浮液、洗劑、凝膠、膏、棒 齊J香膏乳膏或軟膏。該等醫藥化合物視需要含有增溶 劑、穩定劑、張力增強劑、緩衝液及/或防腐劑。 在某些實施财,本發明所提供醫藥組合物相配成用 於經皮投與本發明所述化合物。在-些實施例中,使用經 皮遞送裝置及經皮遞送貼片來投與該等組合物。在某些實 施例中組合物係親脂性乳液或溶解及/或分散於聚合物 或黏著劑中之緩衝水溶液。該等貼片包括彼等經構造用於 持續、脈動或按需遞送醫藥藥劑者。在—些實施例中,藉 156715.doc •73- 201249840 由使用離子電滲貼片及諸如此類來經皮遞送本發明所述化 合物。在某些實施例中,經皮貼片提供對於本發明所提供 化合物(例如,式⑴或(11)化合物)之可控遞送。在某些實 施例中,藉由使用速率控制膜或藉由將化合物捕獲於聚合 物基質或凝膠内來減緩吸收速率。相反,視需要使用吸二 性增強劑來增加吸收。吸收增強劑及載劑包括有助於輸送 化合物經過皮膚之醫藥上可接受之可吸收溶劑。舉例而 言,經皮裝置呈繃帶形式,該繃帶包含背襯部件、含有該 化合物(視需要帶有載劑)之儲液器、視需要用於以受控且 預定速率長時間將該化合物遞送至宿主皮膚之速率控制障 壁以及將該裝置固定至皮膚的構件。 在某些實施例中,將本發明所提供之醫藥組合物調配用 於藉由吸入進行投與。在某些實施例中,在調配用於吸入 之該等醫藥組合物中,本發明所述化合物呈氣溶膠、薄霧 或粉末之形式。在—些實施例中,通常以氣溶膠喷霧遞呈 形式自加壓包裝或喷霧器使用適宜推進劑來遞送本發明所 述之醫藥組合物,該適宜推進劑係(例如)二氣二氟甲烷、 三氯氟甲烷、二氯四氟乙烷、二氧化碳或其他適宜氣體。 在加壓氣溶膠之某些態樣中,藉由提供閥門遞送經計量之 量來確定劑量單位。在某些實施例中,將用於吸入器或吹 入器申之諸如(僅舉例而言)明膠等膠囊及彈射劑調配為含 有本發明所述化合物與適宜粉末基f (例如乳糖或殿粉)之 粉末混合物。 在二實施例中’將本發明所述化合物調配於直腸組合 156715.doc 201249840 :中,例如灌腸劑、直腸凝膠、直腸發泡體、直腸氣溶 膠、栓劑、果康检劑、或保留灌腸劑。在某些實施例中, 直腸組合物視需要含有習用拴劑基質(例如可可油或其他 甘油醋μχ及合成聚合物(例如聚乙縣料相n 及諸如此類)》在組合物之某些栓劑形式中,低炫點蝶(例 如但不限於脂肪酸甘油酯之混合物,視需要與可可油組 合)首先融化。 在本發明所提供之各個實施例中,以習用方式使用一或 多種生理上可接受之載劑來調配醫藥組合物,該等載劑包 含有利於將活性化合物處理成醫藥上可接受之製劑之賦形 劑及助劑。在某些實施例中,合適調配物端視所選投與途 徑而定。在各個實施例中,使用適宜技術、載劑、及賦形 劑中之任一者。在一些實施例中,包含本發明所述化合物 之醫藥組合物係以習用方式製造,僅舉例而言,藉助習用 混合、溶解、製粒、製糖衣藥丸、研碎、乳化、囊封、包 封或壓縮過程》 在某些實施例中,醫藥組合物包括至少一種醫藥上可接 受之載劑、稀釋劑或賦形劑及本發明所述化合物(作為活 性成分,呈游離酸或游離鹼形式、或醫藥上可接受之鹽形 式)。此外,本發明所述之方法及醫藥組合物包括使用 氧化物、結晶形式(亦稱為多晶型物)、以及該等化合物具 有相同類型活性之活性代謝物。在一些情況下,本發明所 述化合物以互變異構體形式存在。所有互變異構體皆涵蓋 於本發明所提供化合物之範圍内。另外,本發明包括本發 156715.doc -75· 201249840 明所述化合物之溶劑合物及非溶劑合物形式。溶劑合物化 合物包括彼等與醫藥上可接受之溶劑(例如水、乙醇、及 諸如此類)溶合者。本發明所提供化合物之溶劑合物形式 亦視為本發明所揭示之化合物。在一些實施例中,本發明 所述之醫藥組合物包括其他醫學或醫藥藥劑、載劑、佐 劑,例如防腐劑、穩定劑、潤濕劑或乳化劑、溶液促進 劑、用於調節滲透壓之鹽、及/或緩衝液。在其他實施例 中,本發明所述之醫藥組合物亦含有其他治療上有價值之 物質。 製備含有本發明所述化合物之組合物的方法包括將該等 化合物與-或多種醫藥上可接受之惰性賦形劑或载劑一起 調配以形成固體、半固體或液體。固體組合物包括但不限 於粉末、錠劑、可分散粒子、膠囊、藥丸及栓劑。液體組 合物包括化合物發生溶解之溶液、包含化合物之乳液、或 含有脂質體、微膠粒、或包含本發明所揭示化合物之奈米 顆粒的溶液。半固體組合物包括但不限於凝膠、懸浮 礼膏。在各個實施例中’組合物呈以τ形式:液體溶液或 懸浮液、適於在使用之前溶解或料於液體中之固體形 式、或乳液。該等組合物視需要含有少量無毒辅助物質, 例如潤濕劑或乳化劑、pH緩衝劑等。 在一些實施例中,包含本發明所述化合物之組合物呈液 體形式中藥劑存在於溶液、懸浮液或二者中。在一此 實施例中’在組合物以溶液或懸浮液形式投與時,藥劑之 第一部分存在於溶液中且藥劑之第二部分以微粒形式存在 156715.doc •76· 201249840 於液體基質中之懸浮液中。在一些實施例中,液體組合物 包括凝膠調配物。在其他實施例中,液體組合物係水性。 有用水性懸浮液視需要含有一或多種聚合物作為懸浮 劑。有用聚合物包括水溶性聚合物(例如纖維質聚合物, 例如’經丙基曱基纖維素)、及水不溶性聚合物(例如交聯 含羧基聚合物)。有用組合物視需要包含黏膜黏著聚合 物’其選自(例如)叛甲基纖維素、卡波姆(carbomer)(丙稀 酸聚合物)、聚(甲基丙烯酸曱酯)、聚丙烯醯胺 '聚卡波非 (polycarbophil)、丙烯酸/丙烯酸丁酯共聚物、海藻酸鈉及 右旋糖酐。 有用組合物視需要包括增溶劑以有助於本發明所述化合 物之溶解。術語「增溶劑」通常包括使得形成藥劑之膠粒 溶液或真溶液之試劑。增溶劑包括某些可接受之非離子型 表面活性劑,例如聚山梨醇酯8〇、及眼部可接受之二醇、 聚乙二醇(例如,聚乙二醇400)、及二醇醚。 有用組合物視需要包括一或多種pH調節劑或緩衝劑,包 括酸,例如乙酸、硼酸、檸檬酸、乳酸、磷酸及鹽酸; 鹼,例如氫氧化鈉、磷酸鈉、硼酸鈉、檸檬酸鈉、乙酸The peptide can be metabolized to display, and the inactive moiety. In certain embodiments, a more active biological 'medical or therapeutic form that is chemically converted to a compound by a post-prodrug is administered in vivo. In certain embodiments, the prodrug is enzymatically metabolized to the biological, pharmaceutical or therapeutically active form of the compound by - or multiple steps or processes. The pharmaceutically active compound is modified to produce a prodrug whereby the active compound is regenerated after administration in vivo. In some embodiments, the drug is used to alter the metabolic stability or transport characteristics of the drug, to mask side effects or toxicity, to improve the taste of the drug, or to alter the (four) nature or characteristics of the drug. The term "individual" or "patient" encompasses both mammals and non-mammals. Examples of mammals include, but are not limited to, any of the following mammalian members: humans, non-human primates, such as chimpanzees and other baboons and monkeys; agricultural animals such as cattle, horses, sheep, goats, and piglets, such as rabbits , dogs and cats, experimental animals, including rodents such as rats, mice and guinea pigs and the like. Examples of non-mammals include, but are not limited to, birds, fish, and the like. In one embodiment of the methods and compositions provided herein, the mammal is a human. The term "treatment" ("treating", "treating" or "treatment" as used in the present invention includes prophylactic and/or therapeutic alleviation, reduction or amelioration of symptoms of a disease or condition, prevention of other symptoms, improvement or prevention of symptoms. Potential metabolic cause, inhibition of disease or condition 'eg, arresting a disease or condition, reducing a disease or condition, causing a disease or condition to resolve, reducing a condition caused by a disease or condition, or terminating a disease or condition Symptoms. Pharmaceutical Compositions/Formulations 156715.doc • 69· 201249840 The present invention provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising a compound of the invention and a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, excipient, and/or carrier. Furthermore, in some embodiments, the compounds of the invention are administered in a pharmaceutical composition wherein the compound of the invention is mixed with other active ingredients, in a combination therapies. A pharmaceutical composition for use in the present invention refers to a mixture of a compound of the present invention and other chemical components, such as a carrier, a stabilizer, a diluent, a dispersing agent, a suspending agent, and a thickening agent. The l, in the embodiment of the agent, and/or the excipient m, facilitates administration of the compound to the organism. The treatment or use provided by the present invention in the practice of the present invention comprises administering or using a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a compound provided herein. In a particular embodiment, the invention provides a method of treatment comprising administering to a mammal having a disease or condition to be treated the pharmaceutical composition. In one embodiment the 'mammalian is a human. In some embodiments, the therapeutically effective amount varies widely depending on the severity of the disease, the age and relative health of the individual, the efficacy of the compound, and other factors. The compounds of the present invention are used alone or in combination with one or more therapeutic agents as a mixture component in various embodiments. In certain embodiments, the pharmaceutical compositions provided herein are formulated for intravenous injection. In some aspects, the intravenously injectable formulations provided by the present invention are formulated as aqueous solutions, and in some embodiments It is formulated into a physiologically compatible buffer (such as Hank (ss〇iuti〇n), Ringer's solution (Ringer, SS〇lution), or physiological saline buffer). In some implementations, the pharmaceutical compositions provided by the present invention are formulated for administration via 156715.doc -70·201249840 mucosal administration. In some aspects, the transmucosal formulation includes a penetrant suitable for passage through the barrier. In certain embodiments, the pharmaceutical compositions & compositions provided herein are formulated for other parenteral injections, and suitable formulations include aqueous or non-aqueous solutions, and (in the embodiment) physiologically compatible buffers. Liquid or excipient. In certain embodiments, the pharmaceutical compositions provided by the present invention are formulated; in some aspects, the oral formulations 匕s and peony-acceptable carriers or agents provided by the present invention are administered. The agents of the present invention formulated together are capable of formulating the compounds of the present invention into tablets, powders, pills, dragees, capsules, liquids, gels, syrups! |Liquid, suspension, and the like for oral ingestion by a patient to be treated. In some embodiments, the medical preparation for oral administration is obtained by mixing one or more solid excipients with one or more compounds of the invention, as needed, grinding the resulting mixture, and if necessary, adding The granule mixture is then treated with a suitable adjuvant to obtain a troche or dragee core and the excipients include, inter alia, fillers, such as sugars, including lactose, sucrose, mannitol or sorbitol; cellulose preparations such as 'corn meal powder' , wheat glutinous rice, rice starch, potato starch, gelatin, tragacanth, bismuth fiber, alizarin micro-Ba cellulose, propyl methyl cellulose, methylated cellulose; or other traits For example, a polyethylene base ketone (pvp or pavigone (P〇V1d〇ne)) or a dish acid. ^ It is necessary to add a disintegrating agent as needed, for example, cross-linking cellulose, polyethylene bismuth, gluten, or alginic acid or a salt thereof (for example, sodium alginate). 156715.doc 201249840 In certain embodiments, the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition formulated as a dragee core having a suitable coating. In certain embodiments, a concentrated sugar solution is used to form a suitable coating, and the concentrated sugar solution optionally contains gum arabic, talc, polyethylene, carbopol gel, and carbopol gel. ), polyethylene glycol, and/or titanium dioxide, a lacquer solution, and a suitable organic solvent or solvent mixture. In some embodiments, dyes and/or pigments are added to the drag, dragee, and/or coating thereof to, for example, identify or characterize different combinations of active compound doses. In certain embodiments, the pharmaceutical preparations used include oral-fit capsules made of gelatin, and soft, sealed capsules made of gelatin and a plasticizer, such as glycerol or sorbitol. In some embodiments, the compounded inserts contain a filler (eg, lactose), a binder (eg, powder), and/or a slip agent (eg, talc or magnesium stearate) and, if desired, a stabilizer. The active ingredient of the mixture. In certain embodiments, in soft capsules, the active compounds are dissolved or suspended in a suitable liquid such as a fatty oil, liquid paraffin or liquid polyethylene glycol. In addition, stabilizers are added as needed. In certain embodiments, the formulation for oral administration is in a dosage form suitable for such administration. In certain embodiments, the pharmaceutical compositions provided by the present invention are formulated for buccal or sublingual administration. In certain embodiments, the buccal or sublingual composition is in the form of a conventionally adjusted wiring agent, diamond (tetra), or gel. In certain embodiments, a parenteral injection involves a bolus or continuous infusion. In some embodiments, the formulation for injection is in a unit dosage form, such as in an ampoule or in an ampoule. In the multi-dose container, (4) 156715.doc -72- 201249840 is added at the same time. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition of the present invention is in a form suitable for parenteral injection in the form of a sterile suspension, solution or emulsion in an oily or aqueous vehicle, and optionally contains a suspending agent. a formulation such as a stabilizer, and/or a dispersant. Pharmaceutical formulations for parenteral administration include aqueous solutions of the active compounds in water soluble form. In some embodiments, a suspension of the active compound is prepared as a suitable oily injection suspension. Suitable lipophilic solvents or vehicles include fatty oils such as sesame oil or synthetic fatty acid esters such as ethyl oleate or triglycerides or liposomes. In certain embodiments, the aqueous injection suspensions contain materials which increase the viscosity of the suspension, such as sodium methacrylate, sorbitol or dextran. The suspension also contains suitable stabilizers or agents which increase the solubility of the compound, as needed, to permit the preparation of highly concentrated solutions. In an alternate embodiment, the active ingredient is in powder form for constitution with a suitable vehicle (e.g., sterile pyrogen-free water) prior to use. In some embodiments, the compounds of the invention are administered topically. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of the present invention are formulated into a variety of compositions for topical administration, such as solutions, suspensions, lotions, gels, creams, lotions, creams or ointments. These pharmaceutical compounds may optionally contain solubilizers, stabilizers, tonicity enhancing agents, buffers and/or preservatives. In certain embodiments, the pharmaceutical compositions provided herein are formulated for transdermal administration of a compound of the invention. In some embodiments, the compositions are administered using a transdermal delivery device and a transdermal delivery patch. In certain embodiments the composition is a lipophilic emulsion or a buffered aqueous solution dissolved and/or dispersed in a polymer or adhesive. Such patches include those that are configured for sustained, pulsatile or on-demand delivery of a pharmaceutical agent. In some embodiments, the compounds of the present invention are delivered transdermally by the use of iontophoretic patches and the like by 156715.doc • 73-201249840. In certain embodiments, a transdermal patch provides controlled delivery of a compound (e.g., a compound of formula (1) or (11)) provided herein. In some embodiments, the rate of absorption is slowed by the use of a rate controlling membrane or by trapping the compound in a polymer matrix or gel. Instead, use an augmentation enhancer as needed to increase absorption. Absorbing enhancers and carriers include pharmaceutically acceptable absorbable solvents that aid in the delivery of the compound through the skin. By way of example, the transdermal device is in the form of a bandage comprising a backing member, a reservoir containing the compound, optionally with a carrier, and optionally for delivering the compound at a controlled and predetermined rate for a prolonged period of time. The rate control barrier to the host skin and the means for securing the device to the skin. In certain embodiments, the pharmaceutical compositions provided herein are formulated for administration by inhalation. In certain embodiments, the compounds of the invention are in the form of an aerosol, mist or powder in such pharmaceutical compositions formulated for inhalation. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention are typically delivered in a aerosol spray-off form from a pressurized pack or nebulizer using a suitable propellant, for example, two gas two. Fluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, dichlorotetrafluoroethane, carbon dioxide or other suitable gas. In some aspects of pressurized aerosol, the dosage unit is determined by providing a valve to deliver a metered amount. In certain embodiments, capsules and ejectors, such as, by way of example only, gelatin, for use in an inhaler or insufflator, are formulated to contain a compound of the invention and a suitable powder base f (eg, lactose or powder) a powder mixture. In a second embodiment, the compound of the invention is formulated in a rectal combination 156715.doc 201249840: for example, an enema, a rectal gel, a rectal foam, a rectal aerosol, a suppository, a fruit test, or a retention enema Agent. In certain embodiments, the rectal composition optionally contains a conventional tincture base (eg, cocoa butter or other glycerol vinegar and synthetic polymers (eg, polyethylate phase n and the like)" in certain suppository forms of the composition. Medium, low scented butterflies (such as, but not limited to, a mixture of fatty acid glycerides, if desired in combination with cocoa butter) are first melted. In various embodiments provided herein, one or more physiologically acceptable ones are used in a conventional manner. The vehicle is formulated with a pharmaceutical composition comprising excipients and auxiliaries which facilitate treatment of the active compound into a pharmaceutically acceptable formulation. In certain embodiments, suitable formulations are selected depending on the selected formulation. Depending on the route, in each of the examples, any of suitable techniques, carriers, and excipients are employed. In some embodiments, pharmaceutical compositions comprising the compounds of the invention are manufactured in a conventional manner, only For example, by conventional mixing, dissolving, granulating, dragee-making, grinding, emulsifying, encapsulating, encapsulating or compressing processes, in certain embodiments, pharmaceutical composition packs At least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent or excipient and a compound of the invention (as an active ingredient, in the form of a free acid or a free base, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt). Further, the present invention The methods and pharmaceutical compositions include the use of oxides, crystalline forms (also known as polymorphs), and active metabolites of such compounds having the same type of activity. In some cases, the compounds of the invention are mutually mutated The present invention is in the form of a solvate and an unsolvated form of the compound described in the present invention. The solvate compounds include those which are compatible with pharmaceutically acceptable solvents such as water, ethanol, and the like. The solvate forms of the compounds provided herein are also considered to be compounds disclosed herein. In the embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition of the present invention includes other medical or pharmaceutical agents, carriers, adjuvants, such as preservatives, stabilizers. Wetting or emulsifying agents, solution promoters, salts for regulating osmotic pressure, and/or buffers. In other embodiments, the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention also contain other therapeutically valuable substances. A method of containing a composition of a compound of the invention comprises formulating the compound with - or a plurality of pharmaceutically acceptable inert excipients or carriers to form a solid, semi-solid or liquid. Solid compositions include, but are not limited to, Powders, troches, dispersible granules, capsules, pills, and suppositories. The liquid composition includes a solution in which the compound is dissolved, an emulsion containing the compound, or a liposome, micelle, or a nanoparticle comprising the compound disclosed herein. The semi-solid composition includes, but is not limited to, a gel, a suspension paste. In various embodiments, the composition is in the form of a tau: a liquid solution or suspension, a solid suitable for dissolution or in a liquid prior to use. Form, or lotion. These compositions optionally contain small amounts of non-toxic auxiliary substances such as wetting or emulsifying agents, pH buffering agents and the like. In some embodiments, a composition comprising a compound of the invention is present in a solution, suspension or both in liquid form. In one embodiment, 'when the composition is administered as a solution or suspension, the first portion of the agent is present in solution and the second portion of the agent is in particulate form 156715.doc •76·201249840 in a liquid matrix In suspension. In some embodiments, the liquid composition includes a gel formulation. In other embodiments, the liquid composition is aqueous. Useful aqueous suspensions optionally contain one or more polymers as suspending agents. Useful polymers include water soluble polymers (e.g., cellulosic polymers such as 'propyl propylcellulose), and water insoluble polymers (e.g., crosslinked carboxyl containing polymers). Useful compositions optionally comprise a mucoadhesive polymer selected from, for example, methyl cellulose, carbomer (acrylic acid polymer), poly(decyl methacrylate), polyacrylamide 'Polycarbophil, acrylic acid/butyl acrylate copolymer, sodium alginate and dextran. Useful compositions include solubilizing agents as needed to aid in the dissolution of the compounds of the present invention. The term "solubilizing agent" generally includes an agent which causes a colloidal solution or a true solution to form a medicament. Solubilizers include certain acceptable nonionic surfactants such as polysorbate 8 oxime, and ocularly acceptable diols, polyethylene glycols (eg, polyethylene glycol 400), and glycol ethers. . Useful compositions include, if desired, one or more pH adjusting or buffering agents, including acids such as acetic acid, boric acid, citric acid, lactic acid, phosphoric acid, and hydrochloric acid; bases such as sodium hydroxide, sodium phosphate, sodium borate, sodium citrate, Acetic acid
Α 、〜ή、,饮又祀因甲所需的量納入Α, ~ή,, drink and 祀 are included in the amount needed for A
或銨陽離子及氣離子、 種鹽。該等鹽包括彼等具有鈉、鉀 擰檬酸根、抗壞血酸根、硼酸根、 156715.doc •77· 201249840 磷酸根、碳酸氫根、硫酸根、硫代硫酸根或亞硫酸氫根陰 離子者;適宜鹽包括氯化鈉、氣化鉀、硫代硫酸鈉、亞硫 酸氫鈉及硫酸銨。 某些有用組合物視需要包括一或多種防腐劑以抑制微生 物活性。適宜防腐劑包括含汞物質,例如硼酸笨汞及硫柳 采’穩疋一氧化氯,及四級錄化合物,例如苯紮氣錢 (benzalkonium chloride)、溴化十六烷基三曱銨及西吡氯銨 (cetylpyridinium chloride)。 一些有用組合物視需要包括一或多種表面活性劑以增強 物理穩定性或出於其他目的。適宜非離子型表面活性劑包 括聚氧乙烯脂肪酸甘油酯及植物油,例如,聚氧乙稀(6〇) 氫化t麻油;及聚氧乙烯烷基醚及烷基苯基醚,例如,辛 苯昔醇10、辛苯昔醇40。 若需要’某些有用組合物視需要含有一或多種抗氧化劑 以增強化學穩定性。適宜抗氧化劑包括(僅舉例而言)抗壞 血酸及偏亞硫酸氫鈉。 在一些實施例中,將水性懸浮液組合物封裝至單劑量不 可重新閉合容器中。在替代實施例中,使用多劑量可重新 閉合容器,在此情形下通常在組合物中包括防腐劑。 在各個實施例中’使用用於疏水性醫藥化合物之任一遞 送系統。用於疏水性藥物之遞送媒劑或載劑之實例係脂質 體及乳液。在某些實施例中,使用某些有機溶劑,例如N_ 曱基吡咯啶酮。在一些實施例中,使用持續釋放系統(例 如含有治療劑之固體疏水性聚合物之半透性基質)遞送咳 •78· 156715.doc ⑧ 201249840 等化合物。在本發明實 草此管旛你丨vb , T π用各種持續釋放材料。在 系二實施例中,持續釋放 化合物。在―此實―J在數敎長相Q天中釋放 — 例中,端視治_之化學性質及生物 穩疋性’亦使用其他蛋白質穩定策略。 在某些實施例中’本發料述之調配物或組合物受益於 及/或視需要包含抗氧化劑、金屬養合劑、含硫醇之化合 物及其他—般穩定劑。該等射藥劑之實例包括但不限 於.⑷約0.5。/。至約2% w/v之甘油、⑻約〇篇至約⑼ w/v之甲硫胺酸、⑷約G 1%至約2% w/v之單硫代甘油、 ⑷約1 mM至約10福之贿八、⑷約〇屬至約w/v 疒壞馱(f) 0·003%至約〇 〇2% w/v之聚山梨醇醋⑼、 (g) 0.001%至約0·05% w/v之聚山梨醇醋2〇、⑻精胺酸、 ⑴肝素、G)硫酸右旋糖酐、(k)環糊精、⑴多硫酸戊 聚糖s旨及其他類肝素、(m)=價陽離子(例如鎮及辞)、或 (η)其組合。 投藥方法及治療方案 任上述貫施例係經腸、非經腸、或以此兩種方式投與 之其他實施例,且其中: (a) 將有效量之化合物全身性投與個體; (b) 將有效1之化合物經口投與個體; (c) 將有效量之化合物靜脈内投與個體; (d) 藉由吸入投與有效量之化合物; (e) 藉由經鼻投與來投與有效量之化合物; (0將有效量之化合物藉由注射投與個體; 156715.doc -79- 201249840 (g) 將有效量之化合物局部(皮膚)投與個體; (h) 藉由眼部投與來投與有效量之化合物;及/或 (1)將有效量之化合物經直腸投與個體。 任上述實施例係包括單一投與有效量之化合物之其他 實施例,包括⑴一次;(ii)在一天之時間跨度内多次;(Ui) 不間斷地;或(iv)連續將化合物投與個體之其他實施例。 任一上述實施例係包括多次投與有效量之化合物之其他 實施例,包括如下其他實施例:其中 (i) 以單一劑量投與化合物; (Π)多次投與之間隔時間為6小時; (in)每8小時一次向個體投與化合物。 在其他或替代實施例中,該方法包括休藥期,其中暫時 中斷投與化合物或暫時降低所投與化合物之劑量;在休藥 期結束時重新開始投用化合物。在一些實施例中,休藥期 之長度自2天至1年不等。 在某二貫施例中,使用本發明所述化合物來製備或製造 藥劑’該等藥劑用於治療由酶聚(ADp_核糖)聚合酶(pARp) 介導或抑制酶聚(ADP_核糖)聚合酶(pARp)會改善疾病或病 狀的疾病或病狀。在一些實施例中,治療需要治療之個體 之本發月所壬疾病或病狀的方法涉及向該個體以治療 有效量投與醫藥組合物,該等醫藥組合物含有至少一種本 發明所述化合物、或其醫藥上可接受之鹽、醫藥上可接受 之N-氧化物、醫藥活性代謝物、醫藥上可接受之前藥、或 醫藥上可接受之溶劑合物。 156715.doc 201249840 在某些實施例中’將含有本發明所述化合物之組合物投 與用於預防性及/或治療性治療。在某些治療性應用中, 將違·#組合物以足以治瘡或至少部分阻止疾病或病狀之症 狀的量投與已患有該疾病或病狀的患者。在一些實施例 中,對於此應用有效之量將視疾病或病狀之嚴重程度及病 程、先前療法、患者之健康狀況、體重及藥物反應、及治 療醫師之判斷而定。在某些情形下,我們認為護理者適於 藉由例行實驗(包括但不限於劑量遞增臨床試驗)來確定該 等治療有效量。 在某些預防性應用中’將含有本發明所述化合物之組合 物投與易感染特定疾病、病症或病狀或具有特定疾病、病 症或病狀風險的患者。在一些實施例中,將投與量定義為 「預防有效量或劑量」。在此應用之某些實施例中,所投 與化合物之準確量取決於患者之健康狀況、體重及類似因 素。在一些實施例中,我們認為護理者適於藉由例行實驗 (例如劑量遞增臨床試驗)來確定該等預防有效量。在某些 貫施例中,當用於患者時,對於此應用有效之量將視疾 病、病症或病狀之嚴重.程度及病程、先前療法、患者之健 康狀況及藥物反應、及治療醫師之判斷而定。 在某些情形下,在投與本發明所述之化合物或組合物 後,患者之病狀並未改良或並未顯著改良,且遵醫囑,視 需要長期(亦即,較長時間段)投與該等化合物,包括貫穿 心者生命之持續時間投與以改善或另外控制或限制患者疾 病或病狀的症狀。 156715.doc -81 - 201249840 在患者狀況確實改良或並未實質性改良之某些情形下, 遵醫囑,視需要繼續投與該等化合物;另一選擇為,視需 要暫時降低或暫時中止所投與藥物劑量達一定時間段(亦 即,「休藥期」)。在某些實施例中,休藥期之長度介於2 天與1年之間,包括(僅舉例而言)2天、3天、4天、5天、6 天、7天、10天、12天、15天、2〇天、28天、35天、5〇 天、70 天 ' 1〇〇 天、120 天、15〇 天、18〇 天、2〇〇 天、25〇 天、280天、300天、320天、35〇天或365天。休藥期期間 之劑量減小包括減小約1〇%至約1〇〇%,包括(僅舉例而言) 約 10%、約 15%、約 20%、約 25%、約 3〇%、約 35%、約 40〇/。、約 45%、約 50%、約 55%、約 6〇%、約 65%、約 70%、約 75%、約 80〇/〇、約 85%、約 9〇%、約 95%、或約 100%。 在某些實施例中’在患者病狀得以改良後,視需要投與 、·隹持劑量在些實施例中,根據症狀將投與劑量(例 如,維持劑量)或投與頻率或二者降低至可保持疾病、病 症或病狀改善的程度。在某些實施例中,^而’在任-症 狀復發時,患者視需要長期接受間歇治療。 在某些貫施例中’對應於有效量之給定藥劑量端視例如 以下因素而有所變化:特^化合物、疾病或病狀及其嚴重 程度、需要治療之個體或宿主的特徵(例如,體重在一 些實施例中’然而’根據此病例之特定情況來確定有效 量’包括⑽如)所投與之具體藥劑、投與途徑、所治療之 病狀及所治療之個體或宿主。在某些實施例中,然而,用 156715.doc ⑧ •82· 201249840 於成人治療之劑量介於約0.02 mg/天至約5000 mg/天之 門在具體貫施例中為約1 mg/天至約15〇〇 mg/天。在各 個貫施例中,甘Η Μ 、 Τ 期望劑量可方便地以單一劑量或分開劑量同 時(或在短時間内)或以適當間隔投與,例如每天兩次、三 -人、四次或更多次分劑量。 在二貫施例中’本發明所述之醫藥組合物呈適於單一 投八準確劑量之單位劑型。在—些情形下,在單位劑型 中將調配物分成含有適當量一或多種化合物之單位劑 置。在某些實施例中’單位劑量呈含有分散量調配物之包 裝形式。非限制性實例係包裝錠劑或膠囊、及存於小瓶或 安瓿瓶中之粉末。在一些實施例中,將水性懸浮液組合物 封裝於單丨量不可重新閉合容^巾。在替代實施例中, 使用多劑量可重新閉合之容器,在此情形下通常在組合物 中包括防腐劑。僅舉例而言,在一些實施例中,用於非經 腸注射之調配物係於單位劑型(包括但不限於安瓿瓶)或多 劑量容器(其中添加防腐劑)中提供。 在某些實施例令,適用於本發明所述化合物之日劑量為 約0.01 mg/kg/體重至約2.5 mg/kg/體重。在一些實施例 中,較大個體(包括但不限於人類)中之指定日劑量介於約 〇.5 mg至約100 mg之間,其係便利地以分開劑量(包括但不 限於每天多達四次)或以延長釋放形式來投與。在某些實 施例中,用於經口投與之適宜單位劑型包含約1 mg至約5〇 mg活性成分。由於關於各治療方案之變量數量非常大,因 此上述範圍僅為提示性,且偏移該等建議值相當大程度並 156715.doc •83- 201249840 不罕見。在某些實施例令,該等劑量根據多個變量而變 化,該等變量不限於所用化合物之活性、所治療之疾病或 病狀、投與方式、各個體之要求、所治療疾病或病狀之嚴 重程度及醫師之判斷^ 在某些實施财,該㈣療方案之#性及治療效能係根 據標準醫藥程序在細胞培養物或實驗動物中加以測定,包 括但不限於測定ld50(導致50%群體死亡之劑量)及ed5〇 (在 5〇科體巾達纽療有效之㈣)。毒性與治療效應間之劑 量比係治療指數,且可將其表示為叫〇與叫〇之比率。在 某些實施例中,展示較高治療指數之化合物較佳。在一些 實施例中,將自細胞培養分析及動物研究所獲得之數㈣ 於調配適用於人類之劑量範圍。在具體實施例中,該等化 合物之劑量位於具有較低毒性之循環濃度範圍内(包括 EM。在某些實施例中,該等劑量端視所用劑型及所用 投與途控在此範圍内有所變化。 組合治療 在某些情形下,投與至少一種本發明所述化合物與另一 治療劑之組合較為適合。僅舉例而言,若患者在服用一種 本發明化合物後經歷之一種副作用係炎症,則在一些實施 例中’投與抗發炎藥與起始治療劑之組合較為適合。在一 些實施例中,藉由投與佐劑來增強一種本發明所述化合物 之=療效力(亦即,在一些實施例中’該佐劑本身具有極 小治療益處,但與另一治療劑組合則會增強對患者的總體 治療益處)。在某些實施例中,藉由投與一種本發明所述 156715.doc -84· 201249840 化合物與同樣具有治療益處之另-治療劑(亦包括治療方 案)來增加患者經歷的益處。在一些實施例中,不管所治 療之疾病、病症或病狀如何,患者因組合治療而經歷之總 體益處具有加合或協同性。 在某二貫施例中,當藥物用於治療組合時,治療有效劑 量會有所變化n實施例中’以任—適宜方式來碟定 用於組合治療方案之藥物及其他藥劑的治療有效劑量,例 如經由使用節拍式投藥,亦即,以較低劑量較頻繁提供 以使毒性副作用最小化。在—些實施例中,本發明所述之 組合治療方案涵蓋如下治療方案:在使用上述第二藥劑治 療之前、期間、或之後開始投與本發明所述之PARp抑制 劑,且一直持續至使用第二藥劑治療期間或終止使用第二 藥劑冶療之後之任一時間為止。亦包括如下治療:在治療 時間期間同時或在不同時間及/或在減小或增加之間隔下 投與組合使用之本發明所述PARP抑制劑及第二藥劑。組 合治療進一步包括多次開始及停止以助於患者臨床照管之 週期性治療。例如’在-些實施例中,以如下方式來投與 組合治療t之本發明所述PARP抑制劑:在開始治療時每 週、減至兩週一次、及若需要進一步減小。 在某些實施例令,本發明提供用於組合療法之組合物及 方法。根據一態樣,將本發明所揭示醫藥組合物用於治療 PARP介導性疾病或病狀或藉由抑制pARp改善之疾病或病 狀的方法中。根據某些態樣,使用本發明所揭示醫藥組合 物來治療血管疾病、敗血性休克、缺血性損傷、再灌注損 I567l5.d〇c -85 - 201249840 傷、神經毒性、出血性休克、發炎疾病、多發性硬化、糖 尿病之繼發效應、及心血管外科手術後細胞毒性之急性治 療。在某一態樣中,組合(同時或依序)使用本發明所揭示 醫藥組合物與電離輻射或一或多種化學治療劑。 在某些實施例中,將本發明所述組合療法用作意欲提供 來自本發明所述PARP抑制劑及並行治療之共作用之有益 效應之具體治療方案的一部分。應理解,治療、預防或改 善尋求減輕之病狀的劑量方案視需要根據多種因素予以 整。 。 在本發明所述之某些組合療法中,共投與化合物之劑量 會視所用共藥物之類型、所用具體藥物、所治療疾病或病 狀等而有所變化。在—些實施例中,當與—或多種生物活 ,劑共投與時,本發明所提供化合物可與生物活性劑同時 或依序投與。在依序投與藥劑之某些態樣中,主治醫師將 决疋蛋白質與生物活性劑之合適投與順序。 在各個實施例中,以任一順序或甚至同時投與多種治療 劑(-種係本發明所述化合物之一)。在某些情形下,同時 投與且多種治療劑視需要以單一、統一形式或多種形式提 供(僅舉例而言,以單—藥丸或以兩個單獨藥丸形 --Λ-L·.. 丄 歹'中,以多次劑量給予一種治療劑,或兩種治療 以夕次劑量給予。纟一些情形τ,並不同時投與且多 -人劑量間之時間(對於非選擇性實例而言)為大於零週 於四週。土卜冰 .. 匕外,組合方法、組合物及調配物並不限於使用 僅兩種藥劑;,亦包括使用多種治療組合。 156715.doc ⑧ •86- 201249840 在其他貫施例中,本發明所述化合物與對患者提供加合 或協同益處之程序組合使用。僅舉例而言’預期患者在本 發月所述方法中會獲得治療及/或預防益處,其中將本發 明所揭不化合物之醫藥組合物及/或其他治療劑組合與基 因測試组合以測定個體是否為已知與某些疾病或病狀相關 之突變基團的攜帶者。 在某些實施例中,在發生疾病或病狀之前、期間或之後 投與本發明所述化合物及組合療法。在某些實施例中,投 與含有化合物之組合物的時間會有所變化。因此,舉例而 S ’在一些實施例中,以預防方式使用該等化合物且連 續投與有發生病狀或疾病傾向之個體以防止疾病或病狀發 作。在一些實施例中,在症狀發作期間或在症狀發作後盡 可能快地向個體投與該等化合物及組合物。在某些實施例 中化合物投與係在症狀發作之最初48小時内、症狀發作 之最初6小時内或症狀發作之3小時内開始。經由任一實用 途徑來達成起始投與,例如,靜脈内注射、濃注、經5分 鐘至約5小時輸注、藥丸、膠囊、經皮貼片、經頰遞送及 諸如此類、或其組合。在一些實施例中,在檢測到或懷疑 疾病或病狀發作之後盡可能快地投與化合物,且持續治療 疾病所需要之時間,例如,約丨個月至約3個月。在某些實 施例中’治療之時間長度隨每一個體而有所變化,且使用 任標準來確疋該時間長度。在實例性實施例中,將化合 物或含有該化合物之調配物投與至少2週 '約1個月至約5 年、或約1個月至約3年。 156715.doc -87- 201249840 其他組合療法 在本發明所述之某些實施例中,治療PARP介導性病狀 或疾病(例如增殖性病症,包括癌症)之方法包括向患者投 與本發明所述化合物、醫藥組合物、或藥劑與至少一種選 自由以下組成之群之其他藥劑的組合:阿來組單抗、=氧 化二砷、天門冬醯胺酶(聚乙二醇化或非聚乙二醇化)、貝 伐單抗、西土西單抗、基於鉑之化合物(例如順鉑)、克拉 屈濱、柔紅黴素/多柔比星/伊達比星、依立替康、氟達拉 濱、5-氟尿嘧啶、吉妥單抗、胺甲蝶呤、紫杉醇…、紫杉 酚、替莫唑胺、硫鳥嘌呤、或包括以下之藥物種類:激素 (抗雌激素、抗雄激素、或促性腺激素釋放激素類似物)、 干擾素(例如,α干擾素)、氮芬(例如,白消安、美法侖或 氮介)、類視色素(例如,維Α酸)、拓撲異構酶抑制劑(例 如,依立替康或拓撲替康)、酪胺酸激酶抑制劑(例如吉非 替尼或伊馬替尼)、或治療由該療法誘導之體徵或症狀的 藥劑(包括別嘌呤醇、非格司亭、格拉司瓊/昂丹司瓊/帕洛 諾司瓊、及屈大麻盼)。 在某些實施例中,將本發明所述之化合物、醫藥組合 物、或藥劑與電離輻射、一或多種化學治療劑 '或其組合 組合投與。 在某些實施例中,化學治療劑獨立地選自由以下組成之 群·阿來組單抗、三氧化二砷、聚乙二醇化天門冬醯胺 酶、非聚乙二醇化天門冬醯胺酶、貝伐單抗、西土西單 抗、順鉑、克拉屈濱、柔紅黴素/多柔比星/伊達比星、依 156715.doc ΟΛ • 〇〇 - ⑧ 201249840 立替康、氟達拉濱、5-氟尿嘧啶、吉妥單抗、胺曱蝶呤、 紫杉醇TM、紫杉酚、替莫唑胺、硫鳥嘌呤、抗雌激素激素 類似物、抗雄激素激素類似物、促性腺激素釋放激素類似 物、α干擾素、白消安、美法侖、氮芥、維a酸、依立替 康、拓撲替康、吉非替尼、伊馬替尼、別嘌呤醇、非格司 亭、格拉司瓊/昂丹司瓊/帕洛諾司瓊、及屈大麻酚。 在某些實施例中,將本發明所述之化合物、醫藥組合 物、或藥劑與化學治療劑中之一或多種組合投與,其中每 一化學治療劑獨立地係烧基化劑或拓撲異構酶_ 1抑制劑。 在某些實施例中,將本發明所述之化合物、醫藥組合 物、或藥劑與一或多種化學治療劑組合投與,其中每一化 學治療劑獨立地選自由以下組成之群:甲磺酸甲酯、替莫 唑胺、達卡巴嗪(DTIC)、拓撲替康、依立替康、魯比替 康、依克沙替康、勒托替康、吉馬替康、雙氟莫替康(甲 矽烷基高喜樹鹼)、7-取代非基喜樹鹼、7_甲矽烷基喜樹 鹼、BNP 1350、及 XR li576/MLN 576。 在某些實施例中,將本發明所述之化合物、醫藥組合 物、或藥劑與一種化學治療劑組合投與,其中該化學治療 劑係依立替康、順鉑、或替莫唑胺。 實例 下列實例意欲闡釋如隨附申請專利範圍中所定義之各個 實施例。出於各種目的’本發明所引用之所有出版物、專 利及專利申請均以引用方式併入本文中。 實例1-4揭示於2010年12月4日,52nd a而_⑽听 156715.doc -89- 201249840 of Hematology Annual Meeting and Exposition ’ Orlando, Florida展示之海報中。 實例1 : PARP抑制劑在MDS/AML細胞系中之敏感性與存 在高級微衛星不穩定性(MSI)相關 此實例顯示,對PARP抑制劑(化合物1)敏感之MDS/AML 細胞系展示高級MSI。 圖1展示,MDS/AML細胞系展示對於PARP抑制劑(化合 物1)之可變反應。細胞系P39、KG-1及Molm-13對化合物1 展示顯著細胞毒性,而MDS/AML細胞系Molt 4、NB4及正 常末梢血淋巴細胞對化合物1展示相對不敏感性。自美國 菌種保藏中心(American Type Culture Collection) (ATCC) 獲得MDS/AML細胞系。 使用6個單核苷酸重複序列標記(NR21、NR22、NR24、 Bat25、Mono27及Bat26)之組來估計各細胞系中之MSI »對 化合物1敏感之細胞系(P39、KG-1及Molm-13)展示高級 MSI(之2個具有23個核苷酸錯誤之基因座)(參見圖2及圖 3)。舉例而言,P39顯示MSI基因座中之5/6單等位基因變 化,而KG-1及Molm-13顯示MSI基因座中之5/6單等位基因 及雙等位基因變化。 表1呈現單核苷酸重複序列(NR21、NR22、NR24、 Bat25、Mono27、及 Bat26)以及 MDS/AML 細胞系(PBL、 HL60、Jurkat、KG-l、Molm-13、Molt4、NB4、OCI-AML3、P39、Raji、REH、DS-1、U937及 DLD1)。該等值 係指在ABI基因分析儀3 13OXL中試驗之螢光PCR產物的尺 156715.doc •90- ⑧ 201249840 寸(bp,鹼基對)。加下劃線且為粗體之值係具有>3個bp缺 失或添加之PCR產物。將細胞系歸類為以下四組中之一 者:(1) MSI-穩定,無異常MSI ; (2) MSI-低,具有一個異 常微衛星;(3) MSI-中,具有22個異常微衛星基因座;及 (4) MSI-高(高級MSI),具有之3個異常微衛星基因座(例 如,P39、KG-1、NB4及 Molm-13)。 表1 :單核苷酸重複序列以及MDS/AML細胞系 細胞系 NR21 (bp) SLC7A8, 5'UTR NR22 (bp) TPPB5, 3'UTR NR24 (bp) ZNF-2, 3'UTR Bat25 (bp) C-kit,内 含子16 Mono27 (bp) (map4K) 内含子 Bat26 (bp) MSH2,内 含子5 對化合 物1之 敏感性 PBL 98 136 126 126 139 116 HL60 98 135 126 125 140 104,116 - Jurkat 98 135 126 125 138 115 KG-1 90,92 128,132 125 119 130 104 + Molm- 13 90, 94 128, 132 125 120 130 105 + Molt 4 96 136 126 124 132 114 - NB4 90 129 125 119,125 130,136 104,116 - OCI- AML3 98 135 125 120 139 116 - P39 90, 98 129,136 126 119,123 131,139 104,116 Raji 97 134 126 121 136 117 - REH 98 133 125 125 137 112 - SD-1 98 136 125 124 137 116 - U937 97 135 126 115 139 116 - DLD1 98 135 123 122 132 113 未測試 實例2 : MSI-高 MDS/AML細胞系在雙鏈DNA修復基因之Or ammonium cations and gas ions, seed salts. Such salts include those having sodium, potassium citrate, ascorbate, borate, 156715.doc •77·201249840 phosphate, bicarbonate, sulfate, thiosulfate or bisulfite anion; Salts include sodium chloride, potassium hydride, sodium thiosulfate, sodium hydrogen sulfite, and ammonium sulfate. Certain useful compositions include one or more preservatives as needed to inhibit microbial activity. Suitable preservatives include mercury-containing substances such as stearic acid and sulphuric acid, and quaternary chlorine compounds, such as benzalkonium chloride, cetyltrimethylammonium bromide and west. Cetylpyridinium chloride. Some useful compositions include one or more surfactants as needed to enhance physical stability or for other purposes. Suitable nonionic surfactants include polyoxyethylene fatty acid glycerides and vegetable oils, for example, polyoxyethylene (6 oxime) hydrogenated t sesame oil; and polyoxyethylene alkyl ethers and alkyl phenyl ethers, for example, octyl oxime Alcohol 10, octoxynol 40. If desired, certain useful compositions may contain one or more antioxidants as needed to enhance chemical stability. Suitable antioxidants include, by way of example only, ascorbic acid and sodium metabisulfite. In some embodiments, the aqueous suspension composition is packaged into a single dose non-reclosable container. In an alternate embodiment, a multi-dose recloseable container is used, in which case a preservative is typically included in the composition. In any of the examples, any delivery system for a hydrophobic pharmaceutical compound is used. Examples of delivery vehicles or carriers for hydrophobic drugs are liposomes and emulsions. In certain embodiments, certain organic solvents are used, such as N-decylpyrrolidone. In some embodiments, a compound such as cough 780715.doc 8 201249840 is delivered using a sustained release system (e.g., a semipermeable matrix of a solid hydrophobic polymer containing a therapeutic agent). In the present invention, you can use vv, T π with various sustained release materials. In the second embodiment, the compound is continuously released. In the case of “this”, J is released in the Q-day of the number—in the case, the chemical properties and biostability of the treatments are also using other protein stabilization strategies. In certain embodiments, the formulations or compositions of the present invention benefit from and/or optionally comprise an antioxidant, a metal nutrient, a thiol-containing compound, and other general stabilizers. Examples of such shots include, but are not limited to, (4) about 0.5. /. Up to about 2% w/v glycerol, (8) about 〇 to about (9) w/v of methionine, (4) about G 1% to about 2% w/v of monothioglycerol, (4) about 1 mM to about 10 blessings of bribes, (4) about genus to about w/v 疒 驮 (f) 0·003% to about % 2% w/v of polysorbate vinegar (9), (g) 0.001% to about 0· 05% w/v polysorbate 2〇, (8) arginine, (1) heparin, G) dextran sulfate, (k) cyclodextrin, (1) pentosan polysulfate s and other heparinoids, (m)= a combination of a valence cation (eg, a town and a word), or (η). Dosing method and treatment regimen Any of the above embodiments administered parenterally, parenterally, or both, and wherein: (a) administering an effective amount of the compound to the individual; (b) Administering a compound of effect 1 orally to an individual; (c) administering an effective amount of the compound intravenously to the individual; (d) administering an effective amount of the compound by inhalation; (e) administering by nasal administration And an effective amount of the compound; (0 an effective amount of the compound administered to the individual by injection; 156715.doc -79-201249840 (g) administering an effective amount of the compound to the individual (skin); (h) by eye Administration of an effective amount of a compound; and/or (1) administering an effective amount of a compound to the individual via rectal administration. Any of the above examples includes other embodiments of a single administration of an effective amount of a compound, including (1) once; Ii) multiple times within a one-day span; (Ui) uninterrupted; or (iv) other embodiments in which the compound is administered continuously to the individual. Any of the above embodiments includes multiple administrations of an effective amount of the compound. Embodiments include the following other embodiments: wherein (i) The compound is administered in a single dose; (Π) the interval between multiple administrations is 6 hours; (in) the compound is administered to the individual once every 8 hours. In other or alternative embodiments, the method includes a drug holiday, in which The administration of the compound is interrupted or the dose of the administered compound is temporarily lowered; the administration of the compound is resumed at the end of the drug holiday. In some embodiments, the length of the drug holiday varies from 2 days to 1 year. In the embodiments, the compounds of the invention are used to prepare or manufacture a medicament for the treatment of an enzyme poly(ADp_ribose) polymerase (pARp) mediated or inhibited enzyme poly(ADP_ribose) polymerase (pARp) a disease or condition that ameliorates a disease or condition. In some embodiments, a method of treating a disease or condition in a subject in need of treatment in a subject in need of treatment comprises administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of a pharmaceutical composition, The pharmaceutical compositions comprise at least one compound of the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, a pharmaceutically acceptable N-oxide, a pharmaceutically active metabolite, a pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug, or a pharmaceutically acceptable Solvate. 156715.doc 201249840 In certain embodiments, a composition comprising a compound of the invention is administered for prophylactic and/or therapeutic treatment. In certain therapeutic applications, it will be violated. The composition is administered to a patient already suffering from the disease or condition in an amount sufficient to treat or at least partially arrest the symptoms of the disease or condition. In some embodiments, the amount effective for this application will depend on the disease or condition. Severity and duration, prior treatment, patient's health, weight and drug response, and the judgment of the treating physician. In some cases, we believe that the caregiver is suitable for routine experimentation (including but not limited to dose escalation) Clinical trials) to determine such therapeutically effective amounts. In certain prophylactic applications, a composition comprising a compound of the invention is administered to a patient susceptible to a particular disease, disorder or condition or at risk of a particular disease, condition or condition. In some embodiments, the amount administered is defined as "prophylactically effective amount or dose." In certain embodiments of this application, the exact amount of compound administered will depend on the health, weight and similar factors of the patient. In some embodiments, we believe that the caregiver is suitable for determining such prophylactically effective amounts by routine experimentation (e.g., a dose escalation clinical trial). In certain embodiments, when administered to a patient, the amount effective for this application will depend on the severity of the disease, condition or condition, the extent and duration of the disease, the prior therapy, the health of the patient and the drug's response, and the treating physician's Judging by judgment. In certain instances, after administration of a compound or composition of the invention, the condition of the patient is not improved or significantly improved, and as directed, long-term (i.e., longer period) administration as needed The administration of such compounds, including the duration of life through the heart, to improve or otherwise control or limit the symptoms of the patient's disease or condition. 156715.doc -81 - 201249840 In certain circumstances where the patient's condition does improve or does not materially improve, follow the doctor's advice and continue to administer the compound as needed; another option is to temporarily reduce or temporarily suspend the cast as needed. Dosage with the drug for a certain period of time (ie, "drug holiday"). In certain embodiments, the length of the drug holiday is between 2 days and 1 year, including (for example only) 2 days, 3 days, 4 days, 5 days, 6 days, 7 days, 10 days, 12 days, 15 days, 2 days, 28 days, 35 days, 5 days, 70 days '1 day, 120 days, 15 days, 18 days, 2 days, 25 days, 280 days , 300 days, 320 days, 35 days or 365 days. The dose reduction during the drug holiday includes a reduction of from about 1% to about 1%, including, by way of example only, about 10%, about 15%, about 20%, about 25%, about 3%, About 35%, about 40 baht /. , about 45%, about 50%, about 55%, about 6%, about 65%, about 70%, about 75%, about 80 〇/〇, about 85%, about 9%, about 95%, or About 100%. In certain embodiments, 'when the patient's condition is improved, the dosage is administered as needed, and in some embodiments, the dosage (eg, maintenance dose) or frequency of administration or both is lowered depending on the symptoms. To the extent that the disease, condition or condition is improved. In certain embodiments, the patient will receive intermittent treatment as needed for a long-term recurrence. In certain embodiments, the amount of a given dose corresponding to an effective amount varies depending on, for example, the compound, the disease or condition, and the severity thereof, the characteristics of the individual or host in need of treatment (eg, Body weight In some embodiments, 'however' is determined according to the particular circumstances of this case, 'comprising (10) such as the particular agent administered, the route of administration, the condition being treated, and the individual or host being treated. In certain embodiments, however, the dose of 156715.doc 8 •82· 201249840 for treatment in an adult is between about 0.02 mg/day to about 5000 mg/day, which is about 1 mg/day in a particular embodiment. Up to about 15 〇〇 mg / day. In each of the embodiments, the desired doses of kansui and guanidine may conveniently be administered simultaneously (or in a short period of time) or at appropriate intervals in a single dose or in separate doses, such as twice daily, three-persons, four times or More sub-doses. In the second embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition of the present invention is in a unit dosage form suitable for a single dose of eight. In some instances, the formulation is divided into unit dosages containing appropriate quantities of one or more compounds in unit dosage form. In certain embodiments, the unit dose is in the form of a package containing a dispersion amount of the formulation. Non-limiting examples are packaged tablets or capsules, and powders stored in vials or ampoules. In some embodiments, the aqueous suspension composition is packaged in a single amount of non-reclosable towel. In an alternate embodiment, a multi-dose reclosable container is used, in which case a preservative is typically included in the composition. By way of example only, in some embodiments, formulations for parenteral injection are provided in unit dosage form (including but not limited to ampoules) or in multi-dose containers in which a preservative is added. In certain embodiments, the daily dosage suitable for use in the compounds of the invention is from about 0.01 mg/kg/body weight to about 2.5 mg/kg/body weight. In some embodiments, the specified daily dose in a larger individual (including but not limited to a human) is between about 〇5 mg to about 100 mg, conveniently in separate doses (including but not limited to up to daily Four times) or in the form of extended release. In certain embodiments, a suitable unit dosage form for oral administration comprises from about 1 mg to about 5 mg of the active ingredient. Since the number of variables for each treatment regimen is very large, the above ranges are only indicative and the deviations from these suggested values are quite large and 156715.doc •83-201249840 is not uncommon. In certain embodiments, the dosages vary according to a plurality of variables that are not limited to the activity of the compound used, the disease or condition being treated, the mode of administration, the requirements of the individual, the disease or condition being treated The severity and judgment of the physician ^ In some implementations, the (s) treatment regimen and therapeutic efficacy are determined in cell culture or laboratory animals according to standard medical procedures, including but not limited to the determination of ld50 (causing 50%) The dose of death of the group) and ed5〇 (effective in the 5th body towel treatment (4)). The dose ratio between toxic and therapeutic effects is the therapeutic index and can be expressed as the ratio of sputum to sputum. In certain embodiments, a compound exhibiting a higher therapeutic index is preferred. In some embodiments, the number obtained from cell culture assays and animal studies is (4) formulated for a dose range suitable for humans. In particular embodiments, the doses of the compounds are within a range of circulating concentrations that are less toxic (including EM. In certain embodiments, the dosage forms will be within this range depending on the dosage form employed and the administration used. Combination Therapy In certain instances, it may be appropriate to administer at least one of the compounds of the present invention in combination with another therapeutic agent. By way of example only, if a patient experiences a side effect after taking a compound of the invention, it is inflammation. In some embodiments, it is preferred to administer a combination of an anti-inflammatory agent and an initial therapeutic agent. In some embodiments, the efficacy of a compound of the invention is enhanced by administration of an adjuvant (ie, In some embodiments, the adjuvant itself has minimal therapeutic benefit, but in combination with another therapeutic agent, the overall therapeutic benefit to the patient is enhanced. In certain embodiments, by administering a method of the invention 156715.doc -84· 201249840 Compounds and other therapeutic agents (also including treatment regimens) that also have therapeutic benefits to increase the benefits experienced by the patient. In some embodiments, The overall benefit experienced by the combination therapy is additive or synergistic in the case of the disease, condition or condition being treated. In a second embodiment, the therapeutically effective dose will vary when the drug is used in a therapeutic combination. n In the examples, the therapeutically effective dose of the drug and other agents used in combination therapy regimens in any suitable manner is, for example, via the use of metronomic administration, i.e., more frequently at lower doses to minimize toxic side effects. In some embodiments, the combination treatment regimen of the present invention encompasses a treatment regimen comprising administering a PARp inhibitor of the invention prior to, during, or after treatment with the second agent described above, and continuing Until any time after the second agent treatment or after the second drug treatment is terminated. Also includes the treatment of administering a combination during the treatment time simultaneously or at different times and/or at intervals of decrease or increase. The PARP inhibitor of the present invention and the second agent are used. The combination therapy further includes multiple starts and stops to assist the patient in clinical care Periodic treatment. For example, in some embodiments, the PARP inhibitors of the invention are administered in combination with a combination of treatments: weekly, reduced to two weeks at the start of treatment, and further reduction if needed In certain embodiments, the present invention provides compositions and methods for combination therapy. According to one aspect, the pharmaceutical compositions disclosed herein are used to treat a PARP-mediated disease or condition or by inhibition A method for ameliorating a disease or condition of pARp. According to certain aspects, the pharmaceutical composition disclosed by the present invention is used to treat vascular disease, septic shock, ischemic injury, reperfusion injury I567l5.d〇c-85 - 201249840 Injury, neurotoxicity, hemorrhagic shock, inflammatory disease, multiple sclerosis, secondary effects of diabetes, and acute treatment of cytotoxicity after cardiovascular surgery. In one aspect, the pharmaceutical compositions disclosed herein are combined (simultaneously or sequentially) with ionizing radiation or one or more chemotherapeutic agents. In certain embodiments, the combination therapies of the invention are used as part of a particular treatment regimen intended to provide a beneficial effect from the synergistic effects of the PARP inhibitors of the invention and concurrent treatments. It will be appreciated that dosage regimens for the treatment, prevention or amelioration of conditions for which mitigation is sought may be tailored to a variety of factors as desired. . In certain combination therapies of the invention, the dosage of the co-administered compound will vary depending on the type of co-drug used, the particular drug employed, the condition or condition being treated, and the like. In some embodiments, when co-administered with - or a plurality of biological agents, the compounds provided herein can be administered simultaneously or sequentially with the bioactive agent. In some instances of sequential administration of the agent, the attending physician will determine the appropriate order of administration of the protein and the bioactive agent. In various embodiments, a plurality of therapeutic agents (-one of the compounds of the invention) are administered in either order or even simultaneously. In some cases, simultaneous administration and multiple therapeutic agents are provided as needed in a single, uniform form or in multiple forms (for example, in the form of a single pill or in the form of two separate pills - Λ-L·.. 丄In 歹', a therapeutic agent is administered in multiple doses, or both treatments are administered in the evening dose. 纟 Some cases τ, not simultaneous administration and multi-human dose time (for non-selective examples) For greater than zero weeks in four weeks. Tubu Bing: 匕, combination methods, compositions and formulations are not limited to the use of only two agents; also include the use of multiple therapeutic combinations. 156715.doc 8 •86- 201249840 in other In one embodiment, the compounds of the present invention are used in combination with a procedure that provides an additive or synergistic benefit to a patient. By way of example only, 'expected patients will have therapeutic and/or prophylactic benefits in the methods described in this month, among which Combinations of pharmaceutical compositions and/or other therapeutic agents of the presently disclosed compounds are combined with genetic testing to determine whether an individual is a carrier of a mutated group known to be associated with certain diseases or conditions. In certain embodiments The compounds of the invention and combination therapies are administered before, during or after the onset of the disease or condition. In certain embodiments, the time to administer the composition containing the compound will vary. Thus, for example, In some embodiments, the compounds are used in a prophylactic manner and are administered continuously to individuals with a predisposition to disease or disease to prevent the onset of the disease or condition. In some embodiments, during the onset of symptoms or as much as possible after the onset of symptoms The compounds and compositions are administered to the subject quickly. In certain embodiments, the administration of the compound begins within the first 48 hours of the onset of symptoms, within the first 6 hours of the onset of symptoms, or within 3 hours of the onset of symptoms. A practical approach to achieve initial administration, for example, intravenous injection, bolus injection, infusion over 5 minutes to about 5 hours, pills, capsules, transdermal patches, buccal delivery, and the like, or combinations thereof. In the case, the compound is administered as soon as possible after detecting or suspecting the onset of the disease or condition, and the time required to continue treating the disease, for example, about one month to Approximately 3 months. In certain embodiments, the length of time for treatment varies from individual to individual, and any standard is used to determine the length of time. In an exemplary embodiment, the compound or the compound is included The formulation is administered for at least 2 weeks 'about 1 month to about 5 years, or about 1 month to about 3 years. 156715.doc -87- 201249840 Other Combination Therapy In certain embodiments of the invention, the treatment A method of PARP mediated conditions or diseases (eg, proliferative disorders, including cancer) comprises administering to a patient a compound, pharmaceutical composition, or agent of the invention in combination with at least one other agent selected from the group consisting of: Alemtuzumab, = arsenic trioxide, aspartate (pegylated or non-PEGylated), bevacizumab, simixumab, platinum-based compounds (eg cisplatin), clad Bin, daunorubicin/doxorubicin/idabubicin, irinotecan, fludarabine, 5-fluorouracil, gemtuzumab, methotrexate, paclitaxel..., taxol, temozolomide, sulphur bird嘌呤, or include the following types of drugs: (anti-estrogen, antiandrogen, or gonadotropin-releasing hormone analog), interferon (eg, alpha interferon), nitroxan (eg, busulfan, melphalan or nitrogen), retinoid (eg, retinoic acid), a topoisomerase inhibitor (eg, irinotecan or topotecan), a tyrosine kinase inhibitor (eg, gefitinib or imatinib), or treatment induced by the therapy Signs or symptoms of the drug (including allopurinol, filgrastim, granisetron / ondansetron / palonosetron, and rhodamine). In certain embodiments, a compound, pharmaceutical composition, or agent of the invention is administered in combination with ionizing radiation, one or more chemotherapeutic agents, or a combination thereof. In certain embodiments, the chemotherapeutic agent is independently selected from the group consisting of: alemtuzumab, arsenic trioxide, PEGylated aspartate, non-PEGylated aspartate, bevacate Monoclonal Antibody, Rituzumab, Cisplatin, Cladribine, Daunorubicin/Doxorubicin/Idabubicin, 156715.doc ΟΛ • 〇〇- 8 201249840 Liticon, Fludarabine, 5-Fluorouracil , gemtuzumab, azathioprine, paclitaxel, paclitaxel, temozolomide, thioguanine, anti-estrogen hormone analogues, antiandrogen analogs, gonadotropin-releasing hormone analogues, alpha interferon, Busulfan, melphalan, nitrogen mustard, retinoic acid, irinotecan, topotecan, gefitinib, imatinib, allopurinol, filgrastim, granisetron/ondansetron / Palonosetron, and dronabinol. In certain embodiments, a compound, pharmaceutical composition, or agent of the invention is administered in combination with one or more of a chemotherapeutic agent, wherein each chemotherapeutic agent is independently an alkylating agent or a topologically different Constructase-1 inhibitor. In certain embodiments, a compound, pharmaceutical composition, or agent of the invention is administered in combination with one or more chemotherapeutic agents, wherein each chemotherapeutic agent is independently selected from the group consisting of: methanesulfonic acid Methyl ester, temozolomide, dacarbazine (DTIC), topotecan, irinotecan, rubiconcan, exacartan, letoticon, gimathycan, difluvomectone (hydantoin high hi tree Base), 7-substituted non-gibberelline, 7-carboxycylcamptothecin, BNP 1350, and XR li576/MLN 576. In certain embodiments, a compound, pharmaceutical composition, or agent of the invention is administered in combination with a chemotherapeutic agent, wherein the chemotherapeutic agent is irinotecan, cisplatin, or temozolomide. EXAMPLES The following examples are intended to illustrate various embodiments as defined in the accompanying claims. All publications, patents, and patent applications cited herein are hereby incorporated by reference. Examples 1-4 are disclosed in the posters of December 4, 2010, 52nd a and _(10) listening to 156715.doc -89-201249840 of Hematology Annual Meeting and Exposition ’ Orlando, Florida. Example 1: Sensitivity of PARP Inhibitors in MDS/AML Cell Lines Associated with Presence of Advanced Microsatellite Instability (MSI) This example shows that MDS/AML cell lines sensitive to PARP inhibitors (Compound 1) exhibit advanced MSI . Figure 1 shows that the MDS/AML cell line displays a variable response to a PARP inhibitor (compound 1). The cell lines P39, KG-1 and Molm-13 exhibited significant cytotoxicity against Compound 1, while the MDS/AML cell lines Molt 4, NB4 and normal peripheral blood lymphocytes exhibited relatively insensitivity to Compound 1. MDS/AML cell lines were obtained from the American Type Culture Collection (ATCC). The group of 6 single nucleotide repeat markers (NR21, NR22, NR24, Bat25, Mono27, and Bat26) was used to estimate the MSI in each cell line » cell line sensitive to compound 1 (P39, KG-1, and Molm-) 13) Show advanced MSI (two loci with 23 nucleotide errors) (see Figures 2 and 3). For example, P39 shows a 5/6 single allelic variation in the MSI locus, while KG-1 and Molm-13 show a 5/6 single allele and a biallelic change in the MSI locus. Table 1 presents single nucleotide repeats (NR21, NR22, NR24, Bat25, Mono27, and Bat26) and MDS/AML cell lines (PBL, HL60, Jurkat, KG-1, Molm-13, Molt4, NB4, OCI- AML3, P39, Raji, REH, DS-1, U937 and DLD1). The equivalent value refers to the size of the fluorescent PCR product tested in the ABI Genetic Analyzer 3 13OXL 156715.doc • 90-8 201249840 inch (bp, base pair). The underlined and bold values are > 3 bp missing or added PCR products. Cell lines were classified into one of the following four groups: (1) MSI-stable, no abnormal MSI; (2) MSI-low, with an abnormal microsatellite; (3) MSI-, with 22 abnormalities Satellite locus; and (4) MSI-high (higher MSI) with three aberrant microsatellite loci (eg, P39, KG-1, NB4, and Molm-13). Table 1: Single nucleotide repeats and MDS/AML cell line cell line NR21 (bp) SLC7A8, 5'UTR NR22 (bp) TPPB5, 3'UTR NR24 (bp) ZNF-2, 3'UTR Bat25 (bp) C-kit, intron 16 Mono27 (bp) (map4K) intron Bat26 (bp) MSH2, intron 5 sensitivity to compound 1 PBL 98 136 126 126 139 116 HL60 98 135 126 125 140 104,116 - Jurkat 98 135 126 125 138 115 KG-1 90,92 128,132 125 119 130 104 + Molm- 13 90, 94 128, 132 125 120 130 105 + Molt 4 96 136 126 124 132 114 - NB4 90 129 125 119,125 130,136 104,116 - OCI - s. 116 - DLD1 98 135 123 122 132 113 Untested Example 2: MSI-high MDS/AML cell line in double-stranded DNA repair gene
微衛星編碼區微中具有MSI 156715.doc -91 - 201249840 此實例顯示,MSI-高MDS/AML細胞系在雙鏈修復基因 Mrell、ATM及CTiP之微衛星編碼區域中具有MSI。 雙鏈 DNA 修復基因 Mrell、ATM、CTiP、CHK1、 PTEN、BLM及ATR具有在突變時會產生框移突變之特異 性微衛星》使用螢光PCR及桑格測序(Sanger sequencing),測試一組MDS/AML細胞系中該等基因座處 之MSI。 在MSI-高細胞系P39、KG-1、NB4及Molm-13之雙鏈 DNA修復基因CTiP及Mrell之微衛星中觀測到單等位基因1 bp缺失(分別參見圖4及圖5 ;表2),且在雙鏈DNA修復基 因ATM之微衛星中觀測到2個bp缺失(參見圖7)。在MSI-穩 定之細胞系中未觀測到該等特異性微衛星缺失(參見圖6 ; 表2)。對於CHK1、Rad50、PTEN、BLM及ATR細胞系中之 任一者而言,未觀測到微衛星缺失。 表2呈現關於雙鏈DNA修復基因(Rad50、Mrell、CTiP、 CHK1、BLM、PTEN、ATM及 ATR)以及 MDS/AML 細胞系 (PBL、KG-1、Molm-13、Molt4、NB4、P39 及 DLD1)之 MSI數據。該等值係指在ABI基因分析儀3130XL中試驗之 螢光PCR產物的尺寸(bp,鹼基對)。加下劃線且為粗體之 值係具有2 3個bp缺失或添加之PCR產物。 表2 :各種MDS/AML細胞系中雙鏈DNA修復基因中之微衛 星缺失The MSI in the microsatellite coding region has MSI 156715.doc -91 - 201249840 This example shows that the MSI-high MDS/AML cell line has MSI in the microsatellite coding region of the double-stranded repair genes Mrell, ATM and CTiP. Double-stranded DNA repair genes, Mrell, ATM, CTiP, CHK1, PTEN, BLM, and ATR, have specific microsatellites that produce frameshift mutations at the time of mutation. A set of MDS was tested using fluorescent PCR and Sanger sequencing. MSI at these loci in the /AML cell line. A single allele 1 bp deletion was observed in the MSI-high cell line P39, KG-1, NB4 and Molm-13 double-stranded DNA repair genes CTiP and Mrrell microsatellites (see Figure 4 and Figure 5, respectively; Table 2) ), and two bp deletions were observed in the microsatellite of the double-stranded DNA repair gene ATM (see Figure 7). These specific microsatellite deletions were not observed in the MSI-stabilized cell line (see Figure 6; Table 2). No microsatellite deletion was observed for any of the CHK1, Rad50, PTEN, BLM, and ATR cell lines. Table 2 presents double-stranded DNA repair genes (Rad50, Mrell, CTiP, CHK1, BLM, PTEN, ATM, and ATR) and MDS/AML cell lines (PBL, KG-1, Molm-13, Molt4, NB4, P39, and DLD1). ) MSI data. The equivalent value refers to the size (bp, base pair) of the fluorescent PCR product tested in the ABI Genetic Analyzer 3130XL. Underlined and in bold values are PCR products with 23 bp deletions or additions. Table 2: Microsatellite deletions in double-stranded DNA repair genes in various MDS/AML cell lines
細胞系 Rad50 Mrell CTiP CHK1 BLM PTEN ATM ATR 156715.doc -92- 201249840 PBL 124 110/111 133 135 147 110,138 140 145 KG-1 124 109/111 132/133 135 147 110 138 144/145 Molm-13 124 109/111 132/133 135 147 110 138 144/145 Molt 4 124 110/111 133 ι135 147 110 140 145 NB4 124 109/111 132/133 135 147 110 138 144/145 P39 124 109/111 132/133 135 147 110 139 144/145 DLD1 124 109 133 136 147 110 138 145 實例3:内含子單核苷酸微衛星突變在ATM (497del22)及 Mrell (315d3el88)中產生異常轉錄剪接產物 此實例顯示,内含子單核苷酸微衛星突變僅在MSI-高 MDS/AML細胞系之雙鏈DNA修復基因ATM (497del22)及 Mrell (315d3el88)中產生異常轉錄剪接產物。 在細胞系 DNL、Jurkat、K562、KG-1、Molm-13、 Molt4、NB4及P39之cDNA上對ATM之外顯子8及Mrell之 外顯子5實施PCR。來自ATM之外顯子8(圖8)及Mrell之外 顯子5(圖9)的cDNA PCR顯示在MSI-高細胞系P39、Molm-13及 KG-1 中具有異常 剪接轉錄物。Cell line Rad50 Mrell CTiP CHK1 BLM PTEN ATM ATR 156715.doc -92- 201249840 PBL 124 110/111 133 135 147 110,138 140 145 KG-1 124 109/111 132/133 135 147 110 138 144/145 Molm-13 124 109 /111 132/133 135 147 110 138 144/145 Molt 4 124 110/111 133 135 135 110 140 145 NB4 124 109/111 132/133 135 147 110 138 144/145 P39 124 109/111 132/133 135 147 110 139 144/145 DLD1 124 109 133 136 147 110 138 145 Example 3: Intron single nucleotide microsatellite mutations produce aberrant transcriptional splicing products in ATM (497del22) and Mrell (315d3el88) This example shows introns Nucleotide microsatellite mutations produce aberrant transcriptional splicing products only in the double-stranded DNA repair genes ATM (497del22) and Mrell (315d3el88) of the MSI-high MDS/AML cell line. PCR was performed on ATM exon 8 and exon 5 of Mrrell on the cDNAs of the cell lines DNL, Jurkat, K562, KG-1, Molm-13, Molt4, NB4 and P39. cDNA PCR from ATM exon 8 (Fig. 8) and Mrrell exon 5 (Fig. 9) showed abnormal splicing transcripts in the MSI-high cell lines P39, Molm-13 and KG-1.
實例4:高風險MDS患者之細胞展示與染色體不穩定性相 關之MSI 此實例顯示,高風險MDS患者展示與染色體不穩定性相 關之MSI » 高風險MDS與染色體不穩定性、AML轉化之可能性增加 及不良預後有關。使用6個單核苷酸重複序列標記(NR21、 NR22、NR24、Bat25、Mono27及 Bat26)之組藉由桑格測序 及螢光PCT MSI分析來測試高風險MDS患者,且進一步測 156715.doc -93- 201249840 試其CTiP DNA修復基因中之染色體不穩定性及突變。使 用吉姆薩染色(Giemsa staining)在分裂中期來測定細胞遺 傳學。使用單核苷酸多態性分析(SNPA)來測定不能使用習 用細胞遺傳學分析發現之隱性染色體異常,例如,單親二 體型(UPD)。 結果示於圖10及表3中。在63名高風險MDS患者中,13 名(21%)展示MSI(9個MSI-低及4個MSI-高)。在該13名MSI-陽性患者中,7名(4個MSI-高、3個MSI-低)展示單體性7及 其他複雜染色體異常(第1組);2名(MSI-低)患者展示分離 單體性7(第2組);且4名(MSI-低)展示正常細胞遺傳學(第3 組)。顯而易見,具有MSI及正常細胞遺傳學之第3組皆展 示廣泛單親二體型(UPD)及隱性染色體變化,如藉由單核 苷酸多態性分析(SNPA)所測定。與之相比,63名高風險 MDS患者中藉由SNPA發現細胞遺傳學上正常且沒有UPD 及基因組畸變之12名(19%)並不展示MSI。另外,具有 MSI-高(第1組)之3名患者及具有MSI-低之1名患者(第3組) 在編碼CTiP外顯子之微衛星中展示單等位基因1 bp缺失(參 見圖10),此使得可產生縮短之CTiP基因轉錄物。 表3:高風險MDS患者中染色體不穩定性之發病率 患者 基因座(編號;單核苦 酸重複序列) 細胞遺傳學異常? SNPA/UPD? CTiP^m 1 1 ; NR21 否 是 否 2 2 ; NR21 +Bat25 是 是 是 3 1 ; Bat25 否 是 否 156715.doc -94- ⑧ 201249840 4 1 ; NR21 否 是 否 5 1 ; NR24 是 是 是 6 2 ; NR21+Bat25 是 是 是 7 1 ; NR21+ Bat25 是 是 是 8 1 ; Bat25 是 是 否 9 1 ; Bat25 是 是 否 10 1 ; NR24 是 是 否 11 2 ; NR21 + Bat25 是 是 否 12 1 ; NR21 否 是 否 13 1 ; Bat25 是 是 否 鑑別具有MSI之MDS/AML患者小組將有助於篩選用於 PARP抑制劑療法之候選者。 實例5 :用於PARP抑制劑療法之MDS/AML患者之篩選 此實例提供對於用於PARP抑制劑療法之MDS/AML患者 之實例性筛選。 可分離來自MDS/AML患者之試樣(例如,腫瘤生檢試樣) 之基因組DNA中之微衛星標記物,且與自患者、或健康參 考個體之正常組織或細胞分離之基因組DNA中之微衛星標 記物進行比較以檢測MSI。具體而言,可擴增微衛星基因 座並實施基因定型。此實例中所用之具體程序提供於下文 中〇 試樣及DNA分離。試樣可為組織學試樣、生檢試樣、或 細胞學試樣,例如,塗片、拭子、洗劑、含有之體液。該 試樣可包含固定或保存之樣品,例如細胞學或組織學樣 品。試樣可為藉由外科切除獲得之腫瘤生檢組織。 156715.doc -95- 201249840 PCR及微衛星分析。可將5個近單態單核苷酸標記(N R21、NR22、NR24、Bat25、Bat26 及 Mono27)之組用於患 者基因組DNA之MSI測定。該分析可涉及螢光聚合酶鏈反 應(PCR)及/或桑格測序。 免疫組織化學:可使用習用細胞遺傳學來分析患者試樣 中之染色體異常。可使用單核苷酸多態性分析(SNPA)來分 析患者試樣中之隱性染色體異常。 結果:在患者惡性細胞DNA之一或多個微衛星中包含> 3個bp缺失或插入且與染色體不穩定性相關的MSI表明,患 者可能對使用式I或II化合物治療有反應。 實例6 : 式(I)或(II)化合物之安全性及功效的階段II臨床 試驗 此實例提供實例性階段Π試驗,其目的係研究式(I)或 (II)化合物之副作用及最佳劑量且測定該化合物如何適用 於治療在惡性細胞中具有MSI之MDS/AML患者。 目標: 首先: A. 測定具有或不具有MSI之MDS/AML患者中對於式⑴ 或(II)化合物之反應率 B. 評估式(I)或(II)化合物在該等患者中之毒性 其次: A. 評估使用式(I)或(II)化合物治療之患者中之進展及總 體存活時間 B. 研究式(I)或(II)化合物在該等患者中之藥物代謝動力學 156715.doc -96· ⑧ 201249840 C.評估在來自該等患者之末梢血淋巴細胞中之聚(ADP-核糖)聚合酶(PARP)活性 第三: A. 使用定量西方墨點免疫分析評價PARP表現 B. 研究藥物基因組學,包括CYP2D6及CYP3A5、藥物轉 運蛋白、以及編碼PARP酶自身之基因中之多態性 C. 分析其DNA修復基因自初始診斷生檢之突變(若可能) D. 使用免疫組織化學技術分析石蠟部分之DNA修復酶狀 態(來自生檢,若可能) E. 分析自腹水或胸膜液(若可能)獲得用於原代細胞培養 之細胞的DNA雙鏈斷裂修復路徑功能 F. 對單核苷酸重複序列實施複合微衛星分析以測定 MSI(來自生檢,若可能) G. 實施習用細胞遺傳學分析以測定染色體異常(來自生 檢,若可能) H. 實施單核苷酸多態性分析(SNPA)以測定隱性染色體異 常(來自生檢,若可能) F.分析PARP活性及PARP表現(來自生檢,若可能) 患者:合格個體為1 8歲及更年長之男性及女性 標準: •疾病特性: ° 具有一種下列類型骨髓病症(如由Laboratory of Pathology or Hematology 5 Clinical Center, National 156715.doc -97- 201249840Example 4: Cell display of high-risk MDS patients exhibits MSI associated with chromosomal instability This example shows that high-risk MDS patients exhibit MSI associated with chromosomal instability » high-risk MDS and chromosomal instability, possibility of AML transformation Increase is associated with poor prognosis. Groups of 6 single nucleotide repeat markers (NR21, NR22, NR24, Bat25, Mono27, and Bat26) were tested for high-risk MDS by Sanger sequencing and fluorescent PCT MSI analysis, and further tested 156715.doc - 93- 201249840 Try chromosomal instability and mutations in the CTiP DNA repair gene. Cellular genetics was determined in the middle of division using Giemsa staining. Single nucleotide polymorphism analysis (SNPA) was used to determine recessive chromosomal abnormalities that cannot be found using conventional cytogenetic analysis, for example, single parent dimorphism (UPD). The results are shown in Fig. 10 and Table 3. Of the 63 high-risk MDS patients, 13 (21%) showed MSI (9 MSI-low and 4 MSI-high). Of the 13 MSI-positive patients, 7 (4 MSI-high, 3 MSI-low) exhibited monomeric 7 and other complex chromosomal abnormalities (group 1); 2 (MSI-low) patients showed Monomer 7 was isolated (Group 2); and 4 (MSI-low) exhibited normal cytogenetics (Group 3). It is evident that Group 3 with MSI and normal cytogenetics exhibits a wide range of single parental dimorphism (UPD) and recessive chromosomal changes, as determined by single nucleotide polymorphism analysis (SNPA). In contrast, 12 (19%) of 63 high-risk MDS patients with cytogenetic normality and no UPD and genomic aberrations by SNPA did not display MSI. In addition, 3 patients with MSI-high (Group 1) and 1 patient with MSI-low (Group 3) displayed a single allele 1 bp deletion in the microsatellite encoding the CTiP exon (see figure) 10) This allows for the production of shortened CTiP gene transcripts. Table 3: Incidence of chromosomal instability in high-risk MDS patients Patient locus (number; mononucleotide repeat) Cytogenetic abnormality? SNPA/UPD? CTiP^m 1 1 ; NR21 No 2 2 ; NR21 +Bat25 is Yes 3 1 ; Bat25 No is 156715.doc -94- 8 201249840 4 1 ; NR21 No is 5 1 ; NR24 is Yes 6 2 ; NR21+Bat25 is Yes 7 1 ; NR21+ Bat25 is Yes 8 1; Bat25 is 9 1; Bat25 is 10 1; NR24 is 11 2; NR21 + Bat25 is 12 1; NR21 is 13 1; Bat25 is a differential group of MDS/AML patients with MSI will help Screen candidates for PARP inhibitor therapy. Example 5: Screening of MDS/AML patients for PARP inhibitor therapy This example provides an exemplary screening for MDS/AML patients for PARP inhibitor therapy. Microsatellite markers in genomic DNA from samples of MDS/AML patients (eg, tumor biopsy samples) can be isolated and isolated from genomic DNA isolated from normal tissues or cells of patients, or healthy reference individuals Satellite markers were compared to detect MSI. In particular, microsatellite loci can be amplified and genotyped. The specific procedure used in this example is provided below in the 试样 sample and DNA separation. The sample may be a histological sample, a biopsy sample, or a cytological sample, for example, a smear, a swab, a lotion, or a body fluid contained therein. The sample may contain a fixed or preserved sample, such as a cytological or histological sample. The sample may be a tumor biopsy tissue obtained by surgical resection. 156715.doc -95- 201249840 PCR and microsatellite analysis. A group of five near-monomorphic single nucleotide markers (N R21, NR22, NR24, Bat25, Bat26, and Mono27) can be used for MSI assays of genomic DNA in patients. This analysis may involve fluorescent polymerase chain reaction (PCR) and/or Sanger sequencing. Immunohistochemistry: Chromosomal abnormalities in patient samples can be analyzed using conventional cytogenetics. Single nucleotide polymorphism analysis (SNPA) can be used to analyze recessive chromosomal abnormalities in patient samples. Results: MSI containing > 3 bp deletions or insertions and associated with chromosomal instability in one or more of the patient's malignant DNA indicates that the patient may be responsive to treatment with a compound of formula I or II. Example 6: Stage II Clinical Trial of Safety and Efficacy of a Compound of Formula (I) or (II) This example provides an exemplary stage sputum test for the purpose of studying the side effects and optimal dosage of a compound of formula (I) or (II) And how the compound is suitable for treating MDS/AML patients with MSI in malignant cells. Objectives: First: A. Determination of the response rate to a compound of formula (1) or (II) in a MDS/AML patient with or without MSI B. Evaluate the toxicity of a compound of formula (I) or (II) in such patients: A. Assessing progression and overall survival in patients treated with a compound of formula (I) or (II) B. Studying the pharmacokinetics of a compound of formula (I) or (II) in such patients 156715.doc -96 · 8 201249840 C. Assessment of poly(ADP-ribose) polymerase (PARP) activity in peripheral blood lymphocytes from these patients. Third: A. Evaluation of PARP performance using quantitative Western blot immunoassay B. Study drug genome Studies, including CYP2D6 and CYP3A5, drug transporters, and polymorphisms in genes encoding the PARP enzyme itself. C. Analysis of mutations in DNA repair genes from initial diagnostic biopsy (if possible) D. Analysis of paraffin by immunohistochemistry Part of the DNA repair enzyme status (from biopsy, if possible) E. Analysis of DNA double-strand break repair pathway function from ascites or pleural fluid (if possible) for cells used in primary cell culture F. weight Complex sequence implementation of composite microsatellite analysis to determine MSI (from biopsy, if possible) G. Implementation of cytogenetic analysis to determine chromosomal abnormalities (from biopsy, if possible) H. Implementation of single nucleotide polymorphism analysis ( SNPA) to measure recessive chromosomal abnormalities (from biopsy, if possible) F. Analysis of PARP activity and PARP performance (from biopsy, if possible) Patients: Eligible individuals are males and females aged 18 and older: • Disease characteristics: ° has one of the following types of bone marrow disorders (eg by Laboratory of Pathology or Hematology 5 Clinical Center, National 156715.doc -97- 201249840
Institutes of Health所測定)之患者:MDS、AML 或 慢性髓單核細胞性白血病 〇 患有白血病之患者經受不超過3個先前化學療法方案 〇 可量測疾病,如由RECIST標準所定義且由X射線、 CT掃描、或MRI所量測 患有骨疾病之患者必須患有用於評估之其他可 量測疾病 先前輻照之損傷不能用於可量測疾病 〇 沒有已知之腦轉移 •患者特性: 〇 WHO體能狀態為0-1 ° 預期壽命212週Patients at the Institutes of Health: MDS, AML, or chronic myelomonocytic leukemia, patients with leukemia undergo no more than 3 prior chemotherapy regimens, measurable disease, as defined by the RECIST standard and by X Patients with bone disease measured by ray, CT scan, or MRI must have other measurable disease for evaluation. Previously irradiated lesions cannot be used for measurable disease. No known brain metastases • Patient characteristics: 〇 WHO fitness status is 0-1 ° Life expectancy 212 weeks
° 血紅蛋白>9.0 g/dL 〇 絕對嗜中性粒細胞21,500/mm3 〇 血小板 >100,000/mm3 〇 血清膽紅素$正常上限值(ULN)之1.5倍 〇 ALT或ASTSULN之2_5倍(由於腫瘤,SULN之5倍) 〇 腎小球過遽速率(GFR)250 mL/min ° 未懷孕或哺育 〇 妊娠測試為陰性 〇 在完成研究療法4週前(女性)、期間、及6個月後(男 性及女性),可育患者必須使用兩種高度有效形式之 避孕(亦即,口服、注射、或植入激素避孕,宮内避 156715.doc •98- ⑧ 201249840 孕器’避孕套加殺精子藥之屏蔽方法,或以手術方 式絕育) °忐夠與治療及隨訪相配合 又有非惡f生全身性疾病,包括活性不受控感染 〇無其他併發之惡性腫瘤,除在子宮頸、基細胞原位 之經適當治療之錐切生檢癌或皮膚之鱗狀細胞癌、 或乳癌及卵巢癌外 合格之癌症存活者針對先前惡性腫瘤已實施潛 在治癒療法,在5年内無該疾病跡象,且視為處 於低復發風險中 °在過去6個月内無活性或不穩定心臟病或心肌梗塞史 具有心血管體徵或症狀之患者應進行MUGA掃描 或心臟超音波檢查(ech〇cardi〇gram),且彼等左 心室射血分數(LVEF)低於規定的正常限值 (institutional limit of normal)者應排除在外 °沒有其他在研究者看來會導致患者並非此研究之良 好候選者之病狀 先前並行療法: •自先前放射療法(姑息性原因除外)、内分泌療法、免 疫療法或化學療法後至少4週(對於亞硝基脲及絲裂 黴素C而言為6週) •自先前胸及/或腹部大外科手術並恢復後至少4週 • 容許用於控制骨疼痛或皮膚損傷之並行放射療法, 但不能在最後劑量之研究藥物後5天内實施 156715.doc •99- 201249840 • 容許並行雙膦酸鹽,前提係劑量穩定且治療係在招 募之前至少2週開始 • 沒有來自先前治療之未解決毒性(CTCAE21級)(脫髮 除外) • 無並行抗癌療法或研究藥物 • 沒有用於延長時間之並行四環系抗菌素療法(容許用 於治療感染之短療程[5-7天]) • 研究設計:此係緊隨公開標記多中心研究之後之劑 量遞增研究。根據疾病狀態(MDS對AML對慢性粒單 核細胞白血病)及MSI狀態對患者進行分級。在第1-5 天每天一次經30分鐘使患者接受式(I)或(II)化合物 (以若干可能劑量之一)。在不存在疾病進展或不可接 受之毒性下每21天重複一次治療並持續12個療程。 根據主要研究者或藥物研究辦公室(Drug Development Office) (DDO)之判斷,連成穩定或具反 應疾病之患者可接受其他治療療程。定期收集患者 血樣進行藥物代謝動力學及藥效動力學研究。分析 試樣之腫瘤標記物量測、式(I)或(II)化合物之血漿含 量(經由液相層析/質譜/質譜)、PARP活性、及PARP 蛋白表現(經由西方墨點免疫分析)。亦收集來自初始 診斷生檢之石蠟包埋部分並經由免疫組織化學技術 分析PARP蛋白表現。可收集胸膜液及腹水並經由免 疫組織化學技術分析DNA DS斷裂修復能力。一些患 者亦經受腫瘤生檢,且分析試樣之DNA修復酶突變 156715.doc -100- ⑧ 201249840 狀態、PARP活性(經由驗證之PARP免疫墨點分析)、 及染色體狀態(使用習用細胞遺傳學分析及SNPA分 析) 完成研究治療後,將對患者隨訪28天。 主要結果量測: •根據RECIST使用以臨床或放射學方式利用CT掃描、 MRI,、X射線平片或其他成像技術量測的腫瘤尺寸來 評價抗腫瘤活性 • 安全特性 次要結果量測: • 進展及總體存活之時間 • 藉由液相層析/質譜/質譜量測之企漿含量 •使用驗證之分析離體量測之聚(ADP-核糖)聚合酶 (PARP)活性 • 使用定量西方墨點免疫分析之PARP表現 • 藥物基因組學,包括CYP2D6及CYP3A5、藥物轉運 蛋白、以及編碼PARP酶自身之基因中之多態性 • 腫瘤生檢試樣中之DNA修復酶突變狀態、MSI狀態、 PARP活性、及PARP表現(若可能) • 使用免疫組織化學技術在來自初始診斷生檢/操作程 序之石蠟部分中量測之DNA修復酶狀態(若可能) • 使用習用細胞遺傳學分析及SNPA分析量測之染色體 狀態(若可能) • 自用於一級細胞培養液之腹水或胸膜液(若可能)獲得 156715.doc • 101 - 201249840 之細胞中的DNA雙鏈斷裂修復路徑功能 自下列說明可明瞭本發明所述化合物、方法及組合物之 其他目標、特徵及優點 '然而,應理解,儘管指示具體實 施例’但該說明及具體實例僅以闡釋性方式給出,此乃因 自此詳細說明可明瞭屬於本說明精神及範圍内之各種改變 及修飾。 本發明所引用之所有參考文獻的全部内容出於所有目的 皆以引用方式併入本文中,其併入程度就如同每一個別公 開案或專利或專利申請案皆特別地且個別地指出其全部内 容出於所有目的以引用方式併入本文中一般。 【圖式簡單說明】 圖1. MDS/AML細胞系中對於pARP抑制之反應。經12_ 14天向MDS/AML細胞系及末梢血淋巴細胞(pbl)中連續添 加不同濃度之化合物1。使用軟瓊脂選殖發生分析來測定 細胞存活率。 圖2.與正常PBL細胞系相比,細胞系ΝΒ4、KG-1及Ρ39 中單核苷酸重複NR21(溶質載體基因SLC7A8之5’UTR中之 21個連續胸腺嘧啶,以下劃線示於圖例中)之複合微衛星 分析。 圖3.與正常pbl細胞系相比,細胞系KG-1、Molm-13、 Molt 4、NB4及P39中單核苷酸重複Mono27(MAP4K3中之 2 7個連續内含子腺嗓吟,以下劃線示於圖例中)之複合微 衛星分析。 圖4.與正常pbl細胞系相比,MSI-高細胞系3、 156715.doc -102- ⑧ 201249840 KG-1及P39中單核苷酸重複CTiP(外顯子11中之9個連續胸 腺嘧啶,以下劃線示於圖例中)之複合微衛星分析。螢光 PCR影像顯示於左側,桑格序列(Sanger sequence)顯示於 右側。 圖5.與正常PBL細胞系相比,MSI-高細胞系KG-1、 NB4、P39及Molm-13中單核苷酸重複Mrell(ll個連續内含 子胸腺嘴咬,以下劃線示於圖例中)之複合微衛星分析。 螢光PCR影像顯示於左側,桑格序列顯示於右側。 圖6. MSI-穩定細胞系HL60、Jurkat、DNA連接酶IV-1· (DNL)、OCI-AML3及U937中單核苷酸重複Mrell(ll個連 續内含子胸腺嘧啶,以下劃線示於圖例中)之複合微衛星 分析。螢光PCR影像顯示於左側,桑格序列顯示於右側。 圖 7.細胞系 Jurkat、KG-1、DNA連接酶 IV小(DNL)、 NB4、P39、Molm-13及 OCI-AML3 中單核苷酸重複 ATM(15 個連續内含子胸腺嘧啶,以下劃線示於圖例中)之複合微 衛星分析。螢光PCR影像顯示於左側,桑格序列顯示於右 側。 圖 8.在細胞系 DNL、Jurkat、K562、KG-1、Molm-13、 Molt4、NB4及P39之cDNA上對ATM之外顯子8實施PCR。 使用Adobe PhotoshopTM量測異常條帶與野生型條帶之強度 比率(RI)。 圖 9.在細胞系 DNL、Jurkat、K562、KG-1、Molm-13、 Molt4、NB4及P39之cDNA上對Mrell之外顯子5實施PCR。 使用Adobe PhotoshopTM量測異常條帶與野生型條帶之強度 156715.doc -103· 201249840 比率(RI)。 圖10.患有高風險MDS之5名患者中CTiP(外顯子11中之 9個連續胸腺嘧啶,以下劃線示於圖例中)之複合微衛星分 析。螢光PCR影像顯示於左側,桑格序列顯示於右側。 156715.doc 104- 201249840 序列表 <11〇>美商拜奥馬林製藥公司 <120>利用聚(ADP-核糖)聚合酶(PARP)之二氫吡啶并呔畊酮抑制劑治 療骨髓發肓不良症候群(MDS)及急性骨髓性白血病(AML)之方法 <130> 11808-151-228 <140〉 100119730 <141> 2011-06-03 <160> 13 <170> FastSEQ for Windows Version 4,0 <210> 1 <211> 9 <212> DNA <213>人工序列 <220> <223> T9微衛星序列 <400> 1 ttttttttt 9 <210> 2 <211〉 11 <212> DNA <213>人工序列 <220> <223> Til微衛星序列 <400> 2 tttttttttt t 11 <210> 3 <211> 15 <212> DNA <213>人工序列 <220> <223> T15微衛星序列 <400> 3 tttttttttt ttttt 15 <210> 4 <211> 21 <212> DNA <213>人工序列 156715-序列表.doc 201249840 <220> <223> T21微衛星序列 <400> 4 tttttttttt tttttttttt t <210> 5 <211> 27 <212> DNA <213>人工序列 <220> <223> A27微衛星序列 <400> 5 aaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaa <210> 6 <211> 12 <212> DNA <213>人工序列 <220> <223> (GT>6微衛星序列 <400> 6 gtgtgtgtgt gt <210> 7 <211> 12 <212> DNA <213>人工序列 <220> <223> (CTG)4微衛星序列 <_> 7 ctgctgctgc tg <210> 8 <211> 16 <212> DNA <213>人工序列 <220> <223> (ACTC>4微衛星序列 <400> 8 actcactcac tcactc <210> 9 <211> 120 <212> DNA <213>人工序列 <220> 156715-序列表.doc 201249840 <223> NR21 (SLCVAe^^TR) ,T21 <400> 9 attccagccg gagtcgctgg cacagttcta tttttatatt taaatgtatg tctcccctgg 60 cctttttttt tttttttttt tttagcaaca cttttcttgt ttgtaaacgc gagtgaccag 120 <210> 10 <211> 115 <212> DNA <213>人工序列 <220> <223> Mono27(MAP4K3,A27) <400> 10 tgcagtgagc tgagattgcg ccactgcact ccagcgtggg agacagagca agactctgcc 60 tcaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaat cctggtttta cttttttttc ttttt 115 <210> 11 <211> 100 <212> DNA <213>人工序列 <220> <223> CTiP(T9,外顯子U) <400> 11 cagattttga tctagttttt tctaatctag atatacaagt gttgctaaaa gggagtgttt 60 tcagatgttt ttttttccca ggctgtaaaa aagaagggga 100 <210> 12 <211> 56 <212> DNA <213>人工序列 <22Q> <223> MreU TI1(内含子) <400> 12 tttaagtaac tttttttttt taaggtttcc atgggtgaac tatcaagatg gcaacc 56 <210> 13 <211> 70 <212> DNA <213>人工序列 <220> <223> ATM(15T,内含子) <_> 13 tacattttga tttttaaaaa atcatgacta ataatttttt ttttttttta agaattgttc 60 tctgtgtact 7〇 156715-序列表.doc° Hemoglobin > 9.0 g/dL 〇 Absolute neutrophils 21,500/mm3 〇 Platelets > 100,000/mm3 1.5 Serum bilirubin $ 1.5 times the normal upper limit (ULN) 2 ALT or ASTSULN 2_5 times (Because of tumor, SULN 5 times) glomerular glomerular rate (GFR) 250 mL/min ° Not pregnant or nursing 〇 pregnancy test is negative 4 4 weeks before completion of study therapy (female), period, and 6 After the month (male and female), fertile patients must use two highly effective forms of contraception (ie, oral, injection, or implanted hormonal contraception, intrauterine avoidance 156715.doc • 98-8 201249840 pregnancy device' condom plus Shielding method for spermicides, or sterilization by surgery) ° 忐 与 与 治疗 治疗 治疗 治疗 治疗 治疗 治疗 治疗 治疗 治疗 治疗 治疗 治疗 治疗 治疗 治疗 治疗 治疗 治疗 治疗 治疗 治疗 治疗 治疗 治疗 治疗 治疗 治疗 治疗 治疗 治疗 治疗 治疗 治疗 治疗 治疗 治疗 与 与 与 与 与 与, in situ treatment of basal cells in a conical biopsy or squamous cell carcinoma of the skin, or a cancer survivor of breast cancer and ovarian cancer, has implemented a potential cure for the previous malignant tumor, and has no such disease within 5 years. sign, Considered to be at low risk of recurrence. Patients with cardiovascular signs or symptoms of inactive or unstable heart disease or myocardial infarction in the past 6 months should undergo MUGA scan or cardiac ultrasonography (ech〇cardi〇gram). And their left ventricular ejection fraction (LVEF) below the prescribed limit of normal should be excluded. No other condition that appears to the investigator to cause the patient to be a good candidate for this study. Parallel therapy: • At least 4 weeks after previous radiation therapy (except palliative causes), endocrine therapy, immunotherapy or chemotherapy (6 weeks for nitrosourea and mitomycin C) • from previous chest and / or major abdominal surgery and recovery for at least 4 weeks • Allow parallel radiotherapy for bone pain or skin damage, but not within 5 days after the last dose of study drug 156715.doc •99- 201249840 • Allow parallel double Phosphonate, provided that the dose is stable and the treatment begins at least 2 weeks prior to enrollment • No unresolved toxicity from prior treatment (CTCAE level 21) (hair loss) Except) • No parallel anti-cancer therapies or research drugs • No parallel-type tetracyclic antibiotic therapy for extended duration (a short course of treatment for infections [5-7 days]) • Study design: This is followed by a public label A dose escalation study following a multicenter study. Patients were graded according to disease status (MDS vs. AML versus chronic myelomonocytic leukemia) and MSI status. The patient receives the compound of formula (I) or (II) (in one of several possible doses) once daily for 30 minutes on days 1-5. The treatment was repeated every 21 days in the absence of disease progression or unacceptable toxicity and continued for 12 courses. According to the principal investigator or the Drug Development Office (DDO), patients with stable or responsive disease can receive other treatments. Patient blood samples were collected periodically for pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic studies. The tumor marker of the sample was analyzed, the plasma content of the compound of formula (I) or (II) (via liquid chromatography/mass spectrometry/mass spectrometry), PARP activity, and PARP protein expression (via Western blot immunoassay). The paraffin-embedded portion from the initial diagnostic biopsy was also collected and analyzed for PARP protein expression by immunohistochemistry. The pleural fluid and ascites can be collected and analyzed for DNA DS fracture repair by immunohistochemical techniques. Some patients also underwent tumor biopsy and analyzed DNA repair enzyme mutations 156715.doc -100-8 201249840 status, PARP activity (via validated PARP immuno dot analysis), and chromosomal status (using conventional cytogenetic analysis) And SNPA analysis) After completing the study treatment, the patient will be followed for 28 days. MAIN OUTCOME MEASURES: • Evaluation of anti-tumor activity using clinically or radiologically measured tumor size using CT scans, MRI, X-ray film or other imaging techniques according to RECIST • Safety characteristics Secondary outcome measurements: • Progress and overall survival time • Plasma content by liquid chromatography/mass spectrometry/mass spectrometry • Validation of assays for in vitro measurement of aggregate (ADP-ribose) polymerase (PARP) activity • Use of quantitative Western ink PARP performance of point immunoassay • Pharmacogenomics, including CYP2D6 and CYP3A5, drug transporters, and polymorphisms in genes encoding the PARP enzyme itself • DNA repair enzyme mutation status, MSI status, PARP in tumor biopsy samples Activity, and PARP performance (if possible) • DNA repair enzyme status measured by immunohistochemical techniques in the paraffin fraction from the initial diagnostic biopsy/operating procedure (if possible) • Use of customary cytogenetic analysis and SNPA analysis Measured chromosomal status (if possible) • Obtained ascites or pleural fluid for primary cell culture (if possible) 156715.doc • 101 - 2 DNA double-strand break repair pathway function in cells of 01249840. Other objects, features, and advantages of the compounds, methods, and compositions of the present invention will be apparent from the description which follows. However, it should be understood that The specific examples are given by way of illustration only, and the various changes and modifications may be The entire contents of all of the references cited in the present application are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety for all purposes inso The content is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety for all purposes. [Simplified Schematic] Figure 1. Response to pARP inhibition in MDS/AML cell lines. Different concentrations of Compound 1 were continuously added to the MDS/AML cell line and peripheral blood lymphocytes (pbl) over 12-14 days. Cell viability was determined using soft agar colonization analysis. Figure 2. Single nucleotide repeats of NR21 (21 consecutive thymines in the 5'UTR of the solute vector gene SLC7A8) in cell lines ΝΒ4, KG-1 and Ρ39 compared to normal PBL cell lines, underlined in the legend Composite microsatellite analysis. Figure 3. Single nucleotide repeats of Mono27 in the cell lines KG-1, Molm-13, Molt 4, NB4 and P39 compared to normal pbl cell lines (27 consecutive intron adenines in MAP4K3, below Composite microsatellite analysis, shown in the legend). Figure 4. MSI-high cell line 3, 156715.doc -102-8, 201249840 KG-1 and P39 single nucleotide repeat CTiP (9 consecutive thymines in exon 11) compared to normal pbl cell lines , Composite microsatellite analysis, underlined in the legend). The fluorescent PCR image is shown on the left and the Sanger sequence is shown on the right. Figure 5. Single nucleotide repeats of MSI-high cell lines KG-1, NB4, P39 and Molm-13 in the MSI-high cell line compared to normal PBL cell lines. ll consecutive intron thymus bites, underlined in Composite microsatellite analysis in the legend). The fluorescent PCR image is shown on the left and the Sanger sequence is shown on the right. Figure 6. MSI-stable cell lines HL60, Jurkat, DNA ligase IV-1 (DNL), OCI-AML3 and U937 single nucleotide repeats Mrell (ll consecutive intron thymine, underlined in Composite microsatellite analysis in the legend). The fluorescent PCR image is shown on the left and the Sanger sequence is shown on the right. Figure 7. Cell line Jurkat, KG-1, DNA ligase IV small (DNL), NB4, P39, Molm-13 and OCI-AML3 single nucleotide repeat ATM (15 consecutive intron thymine, below The line is shown in the legend) for composite microsatellite analysis. The fluorescent PCR image is shown on the left and the Sanger sequence is shown on the right. Figure 8. PCR was performed on ATM exon 8 on the cDNA of cell lines DNL, Jurkat, K562, KG-1, Molm-13, Molt4, NB4 and P39. The intensity ratio (RI) of the anomalous band to the wild type band was measured using Adobe PhotoshopTM. Figure 9. PCR was performed on Mrell exon 5 on the cDNA of cell lines DNL, Jurkat, K562, KG-1, Molm-13, Molt4, NB4 and P39. The intensity of the anomalous band and the wild type band was measured using Adobe PhotoshopTM 156715.doc -103· 201249840 ratio (RI). Figure 10. Composite microsatellite analysis of CTiP (9 consecutive thymines in exon 11, underlined in the legend) in 5 patients with high-risk MDS. The fluorescent PCR image is shown on the left and the Sanger sequence is shown on the right. 156715.doc 104- 201249840 Sequence Listing <11〇> American Business O'Mallin Pharmaceuticals <120> Treatment of Bone Marrow with Poly(ADP-ribose) Polymerase (PARP) Dihydropyridine and Hydroquinone Inhibitor Method for developing snoring syndrome (MDS) and acute myeloid leukemia (AML) <130> 11808-151-228 <140> 100119730 <141> 2011-06-03 <160> 13 <170> FastSEQ For Windows Version 4,0 <210> 1 <211> 9 <212> DNA <213>Artificial Sequence<220><223> T9 Microsatellite Sequence <400> 1 ttttttttt 9 <210> 2 <211> 11 <212> DNA <213> artificial sequence <220><223> Til microsatellite sequence <400> 2 tttttttttt t 11 <210> 3 <211> 15 <212> DNA <213>Artificial Sequence<220><223> T15 Microsatellite Sequence <400> 3 tttttttttt ttttt 15 <210> 4 <211> 21 <212> DNA <213> Artificial Sequence 156715 - Sequence Listing.doc 201249840 <220><223> T21 Microsatellite Sequence <400> 4 tttttttttt tttttttttt t <210> 5 <211&g 27; <212> DNA <213> artificial sequence <220><223> A27 microsatellite sequence <400> 5 aaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaa <210> 6 <211> 12 <212> DNA <;213>Artificial sequence <220><223>(GT>6 microsatellite sequence <400> 6 gtgtgtgtgt gt <210> 7 <211> 12 <212> DNA <213> artificial sequence<220><223> (CTG)4 microsatellite sequence<_> 7 ctgctgctgc tg <210> 8 <211> 16 <212> DNA <213> artificial sequence <220><223> ACTC > 4 microsatellite sequence <400> 8 actcactcac tcactc <210> 9 <211> 120 <212> DNA <213> artificial sequence <220> 156715 - Sequence Listing.doc 201249840 <223> NR21 (SLCVAe^^TR) , T21 <400> 9 attccagccg gagtcgctgg cacagttcta tttttatatt taaatgtatg tctcccctgg 60 cctttttttt tttttttttt tttagcaaca cttttcttgt ttgtaaacgc gagtgaccag 120 <210> 10 <211> 115 <212> DNA <213> Artificial Sequence<220><223> Mono27(MAP4K3, A27) <400> 10 Tgcagtgagc tgagattgcg ccactgcact ccagcgtggg agacagagca agactctgcc 60 tcaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaat cctggtttta cttttttttc ttttt 115 <210> 11 <211> 100 <212> DNA <213>Artificial sequence <220><223> CTiP (T9, exon) U) <400> 11 cagattttga tctagttttt tctaatctag atatacaagt gttgctaaaa gggagtgttt 60 tcagatgttt ttttttccca ggctgtaaaa aagaagggga 100 <210> 12 <211> 56 <212> DNA <213> artificial sequence <22Q><223> MreU TI1 (intron) <400> 12 tttaagtaac tttttttttt taaggtttcc atgggtgaac tatcaagatg gcaacc 56 <210> 13 <211> 70 <212> DNA <213> artificial sequence <220><223> ATM (15T, Intron) <_> 13 tacattttga tttttaaaaa atcatgacta ataatttttt ttttttttta agaattgttc 60 tctgtgtact 7〇156715 - Sequence Listing.doc
Claims (1)
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
TW100119730A TW201249840A (en) | 2011-06-03 | 2011-06-03 | Methods of using dihydropyridophthalazinone inhibitors of poly (ADP-ribose) polymerase (PARP) in the treatment of myelodysplastic syndrome (MDS) and acute myeloid leukaemia (AML) |
Applications Claiming Priority (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
TW100119730A TW201249840A (en) | 2011-06-03 | 2011-06-03 | Methods of using dihydropyridophthalazinone inhibitors of poly (ADP-ribose) polymerase (PARP) in the treatment of myelodysplastic syndrome (MDS) and acute myeloid leukaemia (AML) |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
TW201249840A true TW201249840A (en) | 2012-12-16 |
Family
ID=48139127
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
TW100119730A TW201249840A (en) | 2011-06-03 | 2011-06-03 | Methods of using dihydropyridophthalazinone inhibitors of poly (ADP-ribose) polymerase (PARP) in the treatment of myelodysplastic syndrome (MDS) and acute myeloid leukaemia (AML) |
Country Status (1)
Country | Link |
---|---|
TW (1) | TW201249840A (en) |
-
2011
- 2011-06-03 TW TW100119730A patent/TW201249840A/en unknown
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
JP5984389B2 (en) | Dihydropyridophthalazinone inhibitors of poly (ADP-ribose) polymerase (PARP) | |
JP2020176136A (en) | Use of dihydropyridophthalazinone inhibitor of poly (adp ribose) polymerase (parp) in treatment of disease associated with pten deficiency | |
US11826430B2 (en) | Anti-cancer nuclear hormone receptor-targeting compounds | |
US11952349B2 (en) | Anti-cancer nuclear hormone receptor-targeting compounds | |
WO2012166151A1 (en) | Use of dihydropyridophthalazinone inhibitors of poly (adp-ribose) polymerase (parp) in the treatment of myelodysplastic syndrome (mds) and acute myeloid leukaemia (aml) | |
EP3137117A1 (en) | Combination therapies targeting mitochondria for cancer therapy | |
US11459306B2 (en) | Compounds, compositions, and methods for treating T-cell acute lymphoblastic leukemia | |
US20210017159A1 (en) | 5-substituted difluoropiperidine compounds with blood-brain barrier penetrable capability | |
WO2011153495A1 (en) | Cancer treatment with wortmannin analogs | |
US20140296265A1 (en) | Method of Treating Lymphoma Using Pyridopyrimidinone Inhibitors of PI3K/mTOR | |
US20230226040A1 (en) | Combination therapy comprising an fgfr inhibitor and a kras inhibitor | |
US20240343728A1 (en) | Compounds that inhibit pi3k isoform alpha and methods for treating cancer | |
TW201249840A (en) | Methods of using dihydropyridophthalazinone inhibitors of poly (ADP-ribose) polymerase (PARP) in the treatment of myelodysplastic syndrome (MDS) and acute myeloid leukaemia (AML) | |
CN115397514A (en) | Therapeutic uses of macrocyclic compounds | |
TW202108570A (en) | Anti-cancer nuclear hormone receptor-targeting compounds |